service manual ar-5220
TRANSCRIPT
This document has been published to be used forafter sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.
Parts marked with “ “ are important for maintaining the safety of the set.
Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATION
DIGITAL COPIER
AR-M160MODEL AR-M205
CODE : 00ZARM205/A1E
AR-M160
AR-M205
(With RSPF installed)
[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . 4 - 1
[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
[ 6 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
[ 7 ] SIMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
[ 8 ] USER PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
[ 9 ] TROUBLE CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
[10] MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
[11] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
[12] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
[1] GENERAL
1. Note for servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Copy mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS
1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
2. Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3. Production number identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES
1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
2. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
3. Operation Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4. Motor, solenoid, clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
5. Sensor, switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
1. Installing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
2. Removal of protective material and fixing screw . . . . . .5-1
3. Installing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
4. Removal and storage of fixing screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5. Changing the copy paper size in the tray . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
[6] ADJUSTMENTS
1. Adjustment item list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
2. Copier adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
[7] SIMULATIONS
1. Entering the simulation mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
2. Canceling the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
3. List of simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
4. Contents of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
[8] USER PROGRAMS
1. List of user programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
2. Setting the user programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
3. Toner cartridge life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
[9] TROUBLE CODE LIST
1. Trouble code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
2. Details of trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
[10] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
2. Maintenance display system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
3. Note for replacement of consumable parts . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
[11] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1. High voltage section / Duplex transport section . . . . . . 11-1
2. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
3. Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
4. Paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
5. MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
6. Optical frame unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
7. LSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
8. Tray paper feed section / Paper transport section. . . . . 11-9
9. Manual multi paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
10. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
11. Developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
12. Process section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
13. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
[12] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE
1. Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
2. Download procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
3. Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
2. Circuit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
3. Actual wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
AR-M205 GENERAL 1-1
[1] GENERAL
1. Note for servicingPictogram
The label ( ) in the fusing area of the machine indicates thefollowing:
: Caution, risk of danger : Caution, hot surface
A. Warning for servicing
•The fusing area is hot. Exercise care in this area when removing misfedpaper.
•Do not look directly at the light source. Doing so may damage your eyes.
B. Cautions for servicing
•Do not switch the machine rapidly on and off. After turning the machineoff, wait 10 to 15 seconds before turning it back on.
•Machine power must be turned off before installing any supplies.•Place the machine on a firm, level surface.•Do not install the machine in a humid or dusty location.•When the machine is not used for a long time, for example, duringprolonged holidays, turn the power switch off and remove the powercord from the outlet.
•When moving the machine, be sure to turn the power switch off andremove the power cord from the outlet.
•Do not cover the machine with a dust cover, cloth or plastic film while thepower is on. Doing so may prevent heat dissipation, damaging themachine.
•Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other thanthose specified herein may result in hazardous laser radiationexposure.
•The socket-outlet shall be installed near the machine and shall be easilyaccessible.
C. Note for installation place
Improper installation may damage the machine. Please note thefollowing during initial installation and whenever the machine is moved.
Caution : If the machine is moved from a cool place to a warm place,condensation may form inside the machine. Operation in thiscondition will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions. Leavethe machine at room temperature for at least 2 hours beforeuse.
Do not install your machine in areas that are:
•damp, humid, or very dusty
•poorly ventilated
•exposed to direct sunlight
•subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an airconditioner or heater.
The machine should be installed near an accessible power outlet foreasy connection and disconnection.Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meets thespecified voltage and current requirements. Also make certain the outletis properly grounded.
Note : Connect the machine to a power outlet which is not used for otherelectric appliances. If a lighting fixture is connected to the sameoutlet, the light may flicker.
Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.
8" (20cm)
8"(20cm)
8"(20cm)
AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Copy modeA. Type
B. Machine composition
(1) Option
C. Copy speed
(1) Scan One Print many
Condition: Copy speed in the normal copy from all the paper feed portsincluding the manual paper feed port.
(2) Continuous copy speed (Sheets/min)
a. AR-M160
b. AR-M205
D. First copy time
(1) Basic speed
E. Document
(1) SPF/R-SPF
F. Paper feed
(1) Paper feed section of the copier
Type Desk-top
Paper exit Wing less
AR-M160 16-CPM multi function model
AR-M205 20-CPM multi function model
Machine Model
250 sheets paper feed unit AR-D24
250 sheets x 2 paper feed unit AR-D25
SPF AR-SP6 AR-M160 only
RSPF AR-RP6 AR-M205 only
Original cover AR-VR5
Dual function board AR-EB7
Network expansion kit AR-NB2 Available from October
PS3 expansion kit AR-PK1/N option for AR-NB2
256MB optional memory AR-SM5
AR-M205 / M160 Available
Paper size NormalEnlargement
(200%)Reduction
(50%)
ABsystem
A3 9 9 9
B4 10 10 10
A4 16 16 16
A4R 12 12 12
B5 16 16 16
B5R 14 14 14
Inchsystem
11" X 17" 9 9 9
8.5" X 14" 10 10 10
8.5" X 13" 11 11 11
8.5" X 11" 16 16 16
8.5" X 11"R 12 12 12
8.5" X 5.5" 16 16 16
Paper size NormalEnlargement
(200%)Reduction
(50%)
ABsystem
A3 11 11 11
B4 12 12 12
A4 20 20 20
A4R 14 14 14
B5 20 20 20
B5R 16 16 16
Inch system
11" X 17" 10 10 10
8.5" X 14" 12 12 12
8.5" X 13" 12 12 12
8.5" X 11" 20 20 20
8.5" X 11"R 15 15 15
8.5" X 5.5" 20 20 20
First copy time 7.2sec (A4, 8.5" X 11"/1st tray/with OC)(Polygon motor ready state)
Max. document size A3, 11" X 17"
Document reference position
Left side center
Detection (Platen) None
Detection size A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A511" X 17", 8.5" X 14", 8.5" X 13", 8.5" X 11",8.5" X 11"R, 8.5" X 5.5"(8.5" X 13" is detected by key input.)
Standard/Option OptionSPF: AR-SP6 (AR-M160 only)RSPF: AR-RP6 (AR-M205 only)
Document load capacity
40 sheets (Thickness 4mm or less)
Document size(Max. ~ Min.)
A3 ~ A511" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"(8.5" x 5.5", duplex is inhibited.)
Document replacement speed
AR-M205:20 sheets/minAR-M160:16 sheets/min(A4 , 8.5" x 11" normal copy)
Document set/Paper feed direction
Face up, Center reference,Paper feed from the top
Document weight 56 ~ 90g/m², 15 ~ 24 lbs
Document size detection
On the document feed tray
Document mixture Copy mode: Not Available
Copy size (Max. ~ Min.)
A3 ~ A611" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"
Paper feed system 1 cassette + Multi manual paper feed
Paper feed capacity AR-M205 250 x 2 (Paper feed tray) + 100 (Multi bypass feed tray)
AR-M160 250 x 1 (Paper feed tray) + 100 (Multi bypass feed tray)
Remaining quantity detection
Cassette section
Only empty detection available
Manual tray Only empty detection available
Paper feed size
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A511" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11",8.5" x 11"R, 8.5" x 5.5"(For A5 and 8.5" x 5.5", only No. 1 tray available.)
Side front Front
Paper feed capacity
250 sheets(56 ~ 90g/m² equivalent) (15 ~ 21 lbs.)
Detection Paper empty detection available, size detection(by key input)
Weight 56 ~ 90g/m² (15 lbs. ~ 21 lbs.)
Special paper Recycled paper
AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-2
(2) Manual paper feed section
(3) Option paper feed unit
G. Job speed
Condition:With SPF/RSPF A4/Letter Normal 1cassette
H. Multi copy
I. Warm-up time
J. Copy magnification ratio
K. Print density
L. Void width
M. Auto duplex
N. Paper exit / finishing
(1) Electronic sort board (Option)
Paper feed size
A3 ~ A6, 11" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"
Paper feed capacity
100 sheets(56 ~ 80g/m²)
Detection Size detection not available,paper empty detection available
Weight 56 ~ 200g/m² (15 ~ 34 lbs.)
Special paper Recycled paper, OHP film, labels
Paper feed Single except for recycled paper
1-step paper feed unit 2-step paper feed unit
Model AR-D24 AR-D25
Paper feed size A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13",8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R
Capacity(56 ~ 80gm²)
About 250 sheets x 1 step
About 250 sheets x 2 steps
Paper weight 56 ~ 90 g/m² (15 ~ 21 lbs.)
Moisture preserving heater
None
Paper empty detection Available
Paper size setting User setting Paper size detection:None
External dimensions(W x D x H)
590 x 471 x 88mm 590 x 471 x 173.5mm
Weight About 4.7kg About 10kg
Special paper Recycled paper
Power Supplied from the machine
S-S (1st step) 100% (document replacement rate)
Max. number of multi copy 999 sheets
Warm-up time 45 sec
Pre-heat Available
Jam recovery Within 45 sec
Fixedmagnificationratio
AB system:50, 70, 81, 86, 100, 115, 122, 141, 200%
Inch system:50, 64, 77, 95, 100, 121, 129, 141, 200%
Zooming 25 ~ 400%SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)
Independent zooming(vertical)
Available (25 ~ 400%)SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)
Independent zooming (horizontal)
Available (25 ~ 400%)SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)
Density mode Auto / Text / Photo
No. of manual adjustment
5 steps (Text / Photo)
Resolution Writing: 600 x 600dpiReading: 600 (main) x 600 (sub) (PHOTO mode) 600 (main) x 300 (sub) (AE mode)
Gradation Reading: 256 gradationsWriting: Binary
Toner save mode Set by the user program
Void area Lead edge 1 ~ 4mm,rear edge 4mm or less,both sides 4mm or less
Image loss 4mm or less
Standard/Option
Standard provision (AR-M205 only) (D → D / D → S enable only when RSPF is installed)Not available for AR-M160
Paper exit section capacity
Face down 250 sheets
Full detection None
Finishing Dual function board: Option (AR-EB7)
Electronic sort capacity
A4 (8.5" x 11") standard document 100 sheets
Offset function Available (by the shifter)
Staple function None
Electronic sort Sorting 100 sheets of A4 standard documents
Grouping 100 sheets of A4 standard documents
Rotation copy If there is paper of same size as the document, the image is rotated to copy even though the paper is set in the different direction from the document direction.
2 in 1, 4 in 1 Copies of 2 pages or 4 pages are integrated into one surface. Divided by solid lines, (Selectable by the user program.)
Edge erase Images surrounding the document are erased when copying. (Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)
Center erase The image at the center is erased when copying. (Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)
Margin shift Binding margin is made at the left edge of the set documents.(Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)
Memory for electronic sort
16MB
* Memory loading capacity
A4 standard 100 pages
Memory expansion DIMM memory slot x 1, max. 256MB x 1 slot + 16MB (Max. 272MB in total)
USB2.0 Standard provision of E-sort
SPLC (JBIG-GDI) Supported when E-sort is installed.
ROPM Supported when E-sort is installed.
AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-3
O. Additional functions
O : Available :Installation of the option is required.X : Not available
P. Other specifications
Q. Package form
R. External view
S. Power source
T. Power consumption
* EnergyStar conformity
U. Digital performance
V. Printing function
W. Scanner function
APS O
AMS O
Auto tray switching O
Memory copy O
Rotation copy
E-sort O Option
Rotation sort X
Independent zooming
O
1 set 2 copy O Enlargement invalid/SPF invalid (Patent rotation)
Binding margin Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm) Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)
Edge erase Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm) Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)
Center erase Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm)Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)
Black/white reverse
X
2in1/4in1
Sorter O Offset function (Shifter) provided
Preheating O The conditions are set by the user program.
Auto shut-off O The conditions are set by the user program.
User programming O
Total counter O Supports Total counter, Scan counter, and Copy counter.
Coin vendor support
O (Supports I/F only.)
Auditor support O (Supports I/F only.)
Duplex O (Standard provision for the model of 20-sheet model only)
Toner save O (Set according to the destination)
Department management
O (Copy: 20 Dept.)
Photoconductor type OPC (Organic Photo Conductor)
Photoconductor drum dia. 30mm
Copy lamp Cold cathode fluorescent lamp (CCFL)
Developing system Dry 2-component magnetic brush development
Charging system Saw teeth charging
Transfer system (+) DC corotron
Separation system (-) DC corotron
Fusing system Heat roller
Cleaning system Contact blade
Body Body / Accessories
External dimensions(W x D x H)
590 x 577 x 520 mm(AR-M205)590 x 577 x 470 mm(AR-M160)
Occupying area(W x D)
590 x 531mm(When the manual tray is installed.)
Weight About 31.3kg (AR-M160)About 35.1kg (AR-M205)
Voltage AC120V, 220V, 230V, 240V ±15%
Frequency 50/60Hz common
Max. power consumption 1200W
Average power consumption in operation
Less than 550W
Power consumption when standby
5W(Not include option)
Energy consumption efficiency Less than 25W
Resolution Reading 600 x 600dpi (PHOTO mode)600 x 300dpi (AE mode)
Writing 600 x 600dpi
Gradation Reading 256 gradations
Writing Binary
Memory Simplex:16MB Duplex:32MB
Hard disk None
Print speed <Standard>12ppm(With the AR-EB7 installed)16ppm (AR-M160) / 20ppm (AR-M205)
Data resolution 600dpiOption memory 16MB (with the AR-EB7 installed)
256MB (AR-SM5) can be added to the AR-EB7.Printer driver Two drivers for the case when the AR-EB7 is
installed and when it is not are automatically installed by plug & play. <Standard> SHARP GDI driver<with the AR-EB7 installed> SPLC driver
Type Flat bed color scannerScan system Document table/document feed unitLight source White CCFLResolution Basic 600 x 1200dpi
Set range: 50 ~ 9600dpiDocument Sheet/BookEffective scan range OC/SPF: about 297(length) x 431(width) mmScan speed OC/SPF: 2.88msec/line (Color)Input data 1bit or 12bitOutput data 1bit or 8bitScan color Black and white binaryGray scaleFull colorProtocol TWAIN/WIA (XP only) / STIInterface USB1.1
USB2.0(Option support: High-speed mode/Full speed mode (Switched by the user program.))(Supported when E-sort is installed)
Scanner utility Sharp Desk/Button ManagerDrop-out color ProvidedScanner button Provided (6)Supported OS Windows98/ME/2000/XPVoid area Lead edge/rear edge (2.5mm) on the driver
side Left/right: 3.0mmWHQL support Yes
AR-M205 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3-1
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS1.Supply system tableA.USA/CANADA/Latin America
B. Middle East/Africa/Taiwan/Philippine
C. Europe/East Europe
D. Asia
E.Hong Kong/China
NO Name Content Life Product name Remark
1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag
x10
x10
160K AR-202MT Life setting by A4 6% document
2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)
x10 500K AR-202MD
3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate
x1x1
50K AR-202DR
NO Name Content Life Product name Remark
1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag
x10
x10
160K AR-202ET Life setting by A4 6% document
2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)
x10 500K AR-202CD
3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate
x1x1
50K AR-202DR
NO Name Content Life Product name Remark
1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag
x10
x10
160K AR-202LT Life setting by A4 6% document
2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)
x10 500K AR-202LD
3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate
x1x1
50K AR-202DM
NO Name Content Life Product name Remark
1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag
x10
x10
160K AR-202CT Life setting by A4 6% document
2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)
x10 500K AR-202CD
3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate
x1x1
50K AR-202DR
NO Name Content Life Product name Remark
1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>(Hong Kong only)
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 645g)Vinyl bag
x10
x10
160K AR-202CT-C Life setting by A4 6% document
2 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>(China only)
Toner(Toner: Net Weight 645g)Vinyl bag
x1
x1
19K AR-203ST-C Life setting by A4 6% document
3 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 4500)
x10 500K AR-202CD-C
4 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate
x1x1
50K AR-202DR-C
AR-M205 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3-2
2. Environmental conditionsA. Transport conditions(1) Transport conditions
(2) Storage conditions
B. Use conditions
C. Life(packed conditions)Photoconductor drum (36 months from the production month)Developer, toner (24 months from the production month)
3. Production number identification<Toner cartridge>
The label on the toner cartridge shows the date of production.
<Drum cartridge>
The lot number, printed on the front side flange, is composed of 6 digits,each digit showing the following content:
Temperature
Hum
idity
(%
)
Temperature
Hum
idity
(%
)H
umid
ity (
%)
Temperature
Use envi-ronmentconditions
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Alphabet
Indicates the model conformity code. A for this model.
2 Number
Indicates the end digit of the production year.
3 Number or X, Y, Z
Indicates the month of packing.
X stands for October, Y November, and Z December.
4/5 Number
Indicates the day of the month of packing.
6 Alphabet
Indicates the production factory. "A" for Nara Plant, “C“ for SOCC
Ver.No.Productionplace
Serialnumber
Year/Month/Day
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-1
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES
1. Appearance
2. Internal
1 Document feeder cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed) /document cover (when the document cover is installed)
2 Document glass 3 Handles
4 Power switch 5 Operation panel 6 Paper output tray7 Front cover 8 Paper trays 9 Side cover
10 Side cover handle 11 Bypass tray guides 12 Bypass tray13 Bypass tray extension 14 Charger cleaner 15 USB 1.1 port16 Parallel port 17 USB 2.0 port (when the dual function
board is installed)
18 Document feeder tray (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
19 Original guides (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
20 Feeding roller cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
21 Right side cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
22 Exit area (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
23 Reversing tray (when the RSPF is installed)
24 Toner cartridge lock release lever 25 Toner cartridge 26 Roller rotating knob27 Fusing unit release levers 28 Photoconductive drum 29 Fusing unit paper guide
171
1
3
9
10
131211
6 5
2
3
74
16
14
15
8
18 19 20
21 22 23
29282726
25
24
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-2
3. Operation Section
1 SCAN MENU key 2 SCAN key/indicator 3 ON LINE key/indicator4 ORIGINAL TO COPY key/indicators
(AR-M205 only)5 DUAL PAGE COPY key/indicator 6 XY-ZOOM key/indicator
7 SORT/GROUP key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)
8 ORIGINAL DATA indicator (when the dual function board is installed)
9 2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1 key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)
10 ERASE key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)
11 MARGIN SHIFT key/indicator (when the dual function board is installed)
12 AUTO/TEXT/PHOTO key / indicators
13 AUDIT CLEAR key 14 AUTO PAPER SELECT indicator 15 Alarm indicators16 POWER SAVE indicator 17 Display 18 Copy ratio display key ( )19 ZOOM indicator 20 Zoom keys ( , ) 21 INTERRUPT key ( ) / indicator22 Light and Dark keys ( , ) / indicators 23 ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER key /
ORIGINAL SIZE indicators24 PAPER SIZE indicators
25 PAPER SIZE ENTER key 26 SPR/RSPF indicator (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)
27 TRAY SELECT key ( )
28 AUTO IMAGE key/indicator 29 Paper feed location/misfeed location indicators
30 PRESET RATIO selector keys ( , ) / indicators
31 [ ] key 32 Numeric keys 33 READ-END key ( )34 START key ( ) /indicators 35 CLEAR ALL key ( ) 36 CLEAR key ( )
1
2
SCAN ON LINE ORIGINAL TO COPY XY-ZOOM
DUALPAGECOPY
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON LINE XY-ZOOM
DUALPAGECOPY
PRESETAUTOTRAYZE
L PAPERSIZE
X17
20
10
5
14
976
1212X14
X11
X11X5½
TRA
The AR-M160 is shown below.
1 2 3 4 5 6
ORIGINAL DATA
SORT
AUDIT CLEAR AUTO PAPER SELECT POWER SAVE INTERRUPT
CLEAR
CLEAR ALL
START
ZOOM
READ-END
PRESET RATIOAUTOIMAGE
TRAYSELECT
ORIGINAL SIZEENTER
AUTOORIGINALSIZE
PAPERSIZE
TEXTPHOTO
1 3 5
11X17
200%
100%
50%
141
957764
1291218½X14
8½X11
8½X118½X5½
EXTRA
25 400%
2 IN 14 IN 1
GROUP
EDGEERASE
MARGINSHIFT
CENTER
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-3
4. Motor, solenoid, clutch
No. Name Code Function operation
1 Mirror motor MRM Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).
2 Shifter motor SHTM Shifts the paper exit tray.
3 Toner motor TM Toner supply
4 Duplex motor DPX Switchback operation and paper exit motor in duplex.
5 Cooling fan motor CFM Cools the inside of the machine.
6 Main motor MM Drives the machine.
7 1st tray paper feed clutch CPFC1 Drive the pick up roller
8 PS clutch RRC Drives the resist roller
9 Paper feed solenoid CPSOL1 Solenoid for paper feed from cassette
10 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid
11 Manual paper transport clutch MPTC Drives the manual paper transport roller.
12 Manual paper feed clutch MPFC Drives the manual paper feed roller.
13 Manual paper feed solenoid MPFS Manual paper feed solenoid
14 2nd tray transport clutch CPFC2 Drives the 2nd tray transport roller.
15 2nd tray transport solenoid FSOL1 2nd tray transport solenoid
16 2nd tray paper feed clutch CPFC1 Drives the 2nd tray paper feed roller.
17 2nd tray paper feed solenoid PSOL2 2nd tray transport solenoid
18 Exhaust fan motor VFM Cools the inside of the machine.
1
4
678910111213
18
1415
1617
5
32
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-4
5. Sensor, switch
No. Name Code Function operation1 Mirror home position sensor MHPS Detects the mirror (scanner unit) home position.2 Side door switch DSWR Side door open detection3 Paper exit sensor (paper exit side) POD1 Detects paper exit.4 Shifter home position sensor SFTHP Shifter home position detection5 Paper exit sensor (DUP side) PDPX Paper transport detection6 Thermistor RTH Fusing section temperature detection7 Thermostat Fusing section abnormally high temperature detection8 Toner density sensor TCS Toner quantity detection9 2nd tray detection switch 2nd tray detection
10 Manual sensor MPED Manual transport detection11 2nd tray door open/close sensor DRS2 2nd tray door open/close detection12 2nd tray door paper pass sensor PPD2 2nd tray paper entry detection13 2nd tray paper empty sensor CSS2 2nd tray paper empty detection 14 Paper in sensor PIN Paper transport detection15 Cassette empty Tray paper entry detection16 Front cover SW Front cover open detection17 Power switch MAIN SW Turns ON/OFF the main power source.
1
16
17
4
5
6
7
8
910
1112
1415
13
2
3
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-5
6. PWB unit
No. Name Function operation1 Copy lamp Inverter PWB Copy lamp control2 I / F PWB USB1.1, IEEE1284 I/F 3 CCD sensor PWB Image scanning4 Main control PWB Main control PWB5 Tray PWB Shifter motor control6 IMC2 PWB Electronic sort, USB2.0 << Option:AR-EB7>>7 2nd cassette PWB 2nd cassette control8 High voltage PWB High voltage control9 Power PWB AC power input/DC power control
10 Operation main PWB Operation panel input/Display, operation panel section control
1
10
98
2
4
5
7
36
AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-6
7. Cross sectional view
No. Name Function/Operation1 Copy lamp Image radiation lamp2 Copy lamp unit Operates in synchronization with No. 2/3 mirror unit to radiate documents
sequentially.3 LSU unit Converts image signals into laser beams to write on the drum. 4 Lens unit Reads images with the lens and the CCD.5 MC holder unit Supplies negative charges evenly on the drum. 6 Paper exit roller Used to discharge paper. 7 Transport roller Used to transport paper.8 Upper heat roller Fuses toner on paper (with the teflon roller).9 Lower heat roller Fuses toner on paper (with the silicon rubber roller).
10 Waste toner transport roller Transports waste toner to the waste toner box.11 Drum unit Forms images.12 Transfer charger unit Transfer images (on the drum) onto paper. 13 DUP follower roller14 Duplex transport roller Transports paper for duplex .15 Resist roller Takes synchronization between the paper lead edge and the image lead edge. 16 Manual paper feed tray Manual paper feed tray17 Manual paper pick up roller Picks up paper in manual paper feed.18 No. 2/3 mirror unit Reflects the images from the copy lamp unit to the lens unit. 19 Manual transport roller Transports paper from the manual paper feed port.20 2nd tray paper transport roller Transports paper from the 2nd tray. 21 2nd tray paper pick up roller
(semi-circular roller)Picks up paper from the 2nd tray.
22 1st tray paper feed roller(semi-circular roller)
Picks up paper from the 1st tray.
23 MG roller Puts toner on the OPC drum.
1 4
6
78
9101112131415
16171920212223
53
18
2
AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-1
[5]UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
1.Installing conditionsA.Copier installation
Do not install your copier in areas that are:•damp, humid, or very dusty•exposed to direct sunlight•poorly ventilated•subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an airconditioner or heater.
•Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.
B.Power source
•Use an exclusive-use power outlet. If the power plug of this machine isinserted into a power outlet commonly used with other illuminationunits, flickers of the lamp may be result. Use a power outlet which is notused commonly with any illumination units.
•Avoid complex wiring.
C.Grounding wire connection.
•To avoid danger, be sure to connect a grounding wire. If no groundingwire is connected and a leakage occurs, a fire or an electric shock maybe result.
2.Removal of protective material and fixing screw
1) Remove all tapes and protective material.•Remove all tapes, then open the document cover and remove theprotective material of sheet shape
2) Remove the fixing screw.•Use a coin to remove the fixing screw.•The fixing screw is required when transporting the machine. Keep it inthe tray. (Refer to the later description.)
3.Installing procedureA.Developer cartridge installation
1) Open the manual tray, and open the side cover.
2) Open the front cover.•Hold the both sides and pull down to open.
3) Loosen the screw and remove the developer cartridge.
4) Remove the developer tank from the developer cartridge.
5) Supply developer into the developer tank while rotating the MG rollerin the arrow direction.
* Shake the developer bag enough before opening it.
Note:Check that the DV seal is free from developing agent. If developingagent is attached to the DV seal, clean it carefully. Check to insure that the hook is engaged in two positions.
6) Attach the developer tank to the developer cartridge.* After supplying developer into the developer cartridge, do not tilt or
shake the developer cartridge.7) Attach the developer cartridge to the copier, and fix it with the screw.
MG roller
Hook
AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-2
B.Toner cartridge installation
1) Shake the toner cartridge several times horizontally, and remove thetape.
* Do not hold the shutter lever when shaking.* After removing the tape, do not tilt or shake the toner cartridge.
2) Attach the toner cartridge to the copier.
3) Pull the shutter lever.
Close the front cover A, then close the side cover B.•When closing the front cover, gently press the both sides.•When closing the side cover, hold the knob.•When closing the covers, be sure to close the front cover first, thenclose the side cover. If closed in a wrong sequence, the covers may bebroken.
4.Removal and storage of fixing screw1) Lift the knob and gently pull out the tray.
2) Hold the paper pressure plate and turn the fixing screw in the arrowdirection.
3) Store the fixing pin and the fixing screw in the tray.•Store the fixing screw which was removed in the above procedure 2 andthe fixing screw which was removed in procedure 2 of 2.
•Removal of protective material and fixing screw in the storage place inthe tray.
Shutter
Tape
Handle
4 or 5 times
ScrewPressureplatelock
AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-3
5. Changing the copy paper size in the trayNote•The paper size setting cannot be changed when the machine hasstopped temporarily due to running out of paper or a misfeed, or duringinterrupt copying.
•During printing (even in copy mode), the paper size setting cannot bechanged.
•5-1/2" x 8-1/2" size paper can only be selected in upper paper tray.•Do not load paper that is a different size than the paper size setting.Copying will not be possible.
1) Hold down the [PAPER SIZE ENTER] key for more than 5 seconds toset the selected paper size.The currently selected paper feed location indicator will blink and thecorresponding paper size (which is currently set) indicator will lightsteadily.All other indicators will go out.
2) Use the [TRAY SELECT] key to select the paper tray for which youwish to change the paper size setting.Each time the [TRAY SELECT] key is pressed, a paper tray will beindicated with a blinking paper feed location indicator.
3) Use the [ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER] key to select the paper size.The indicator of the selected paper size lights up.
4) Squeeze the lock lever of the front guide and slide the front guide tomatch the width of the paper, and move the left guide to theappropriate slot as marked on the tray.
•The front guide is a slide-type guide. Grasp the locking knob on theguide and slide the guide to the indicator line of the paper to be loaded.
•The left guide is an insert-type guide. Remove it and then insert it at theindicator line of the paper to be loaded.
•When using 11" x 17" sized paper store the left guide in the slot at theleft front of the paper tray.
6) Press the [START] key and then the [PAPER SIZE ENTER] key.To change the paper size setting of another tray, repeat steps 2 to 3after pressing the [START] key.
NoteAffix the paper size label for the paper size selected in step 3 to the labelposition on the right end of the tray.
GINAL PAPERSIZE
11X178½X148½X11
8½X118½X5½
EXTRA
TRAYSELECT
ORIGINAL SIZEENTER
GINAL PAPERSIZE
11X178½X148½X11
8½X118½X5½
EXTRA
Left guide
Front guide
START
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-1
[6]ADJUSTMENTS
1.Adjustment item list
2.Copier adjustmentA.Process section
(1) Developing doctor gap adjustment
1) Loosen the developing doctor fixing screw A.2) Insert a thickness gauge of 1.5mm to the three positions at 20mm
and 130mm from the both ends of the developing doctor as shown.
3) Push the developing doctor in the arrow direction, and tighten thedeveloping doctor fixing screw. (Perform the same procedure for thefront and the rear frames.)
4) Check the clearance of the developing doctor. If it is within thespecified range, then fix the doctor fixing screw with screw lock.
* When inserting a thickness gauge, be careful not to scratch thedeveloping doctor and the MG roller.
<Adjustment specification>
(2) MG roller main pole position adjustment
1) Remove and separate the waste toner box and put the developingunit on a flat surface.
2) Tie a string to a needle or a pin. 3) Hold the string and bring the needle close to the MG roller
horizontally. (Do not use paper clip, which is too heavy to make acorrect adjustment.) (Put the developing unit horizontally for thisadjustment.)
4) Do not bring the needle into contact with the MG roller, but bring it toa position 2 or 3mm apart from the MG roller. Mark the point on theMG roller which is on the extension line from the needle tip.
5) Measure the distance from the marking position to the top of thedoctor plate of the developing unit to insure that it is 18mm.If the distance is not within the specified range, loosen the fixingscrew A of the main pole adjustment plate, and move the adjustmentplate in the arrow direction to adjust.
Section Adjustment item Adjustment procedure/SIM No.
A Process section
(1) Developing doctor gap adjustment Developing doctor gap adjustment
(2) MG roller main pole position adjustment MG roller main pole position adjustment
(3) Developing bias voltage check
(4) Main charger voltage check
B Mechanism section
(1) Image position adjustment SIM-50
(2) Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion balance adjustment
No. 2/3 mirror base unit installing position adjustment
Copy lamp unit installing position adjustment
(3) Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion adjustment Rail height adjustment
(4) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) distortion adjustment
Winding pulley position adjustment
(5) Main scanning direction (FR direction) magnification ratio adjustment
SIM 48-1
(6) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) magnification ratio adjustment
OC mode in copying (SIM 48-1)
SPF mode in copying (SIM 48-5)
(7) Off center adjustment OC mode (SIM 50-12)
SPF mode (SIM 50-12)
(8) SPF white correction pixel position adjustment(required in an SPF model when replacing the lens unit)
SIM63-7
C Image density adjustment
(1) Copy mode SIM 46-1
Developing doctor gap
Both ends (20mm from the both ends) :
C (Center) (150mm from the both ends) :
1.5 mm+0.1- 0.15
1.55 mm+0.15- 0.2
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-2
(3)Developing bias voltage check
Note:Use a digital multi-meter with an internal resistance of 10MΩ ormore.
1) Set the digital multi-meter range to DC700V. 2) Put the test rod of the digital multi-meter on the developing bias
voltage output check pin. 3) Turn on the power, execute SIM25-1.
<Specification>
(4) Grid bias voltage check
Note:Use a digital multi-meter with an internal resistance of 10MΩ ormore.
1) Set the digital multi-meter range to DC700V.2) Put the test rod of the digital multi-meter on the grid bias voltage
output check pin. 3) Turn on the power.
(The voltage is outputted in the grid bias High output mode duringwarming up, and in the grid bias Low output mode when warming upis completed.)
<Specification>
B.Mechanism section
Note: If a jam error or paper empty occurs during copying in theadjustment by the simulation, the image data are not saved, andtherefore recopying is required.
(1)Image position adjustment
a.OC image lead edge position adjustment (SIM 50-1)
Note: In advance to this adjustment, the sub scanning magnification ratioadjustment must be performed.
1) Set a scale on the OC table as shown below.
2) Make a copy.3) Check the copy output. If necessary, perform the following
adjustment procedures.4) Execute SIM 50-1.5) Set the OC lead edge position set value (Exposure display
<<PHOTO>> ON) to [1]The OC image scanning start position is shifted inside the documentedge.
6) Set the main cassette lead edge void adjustment value (Exposuredisplay <<TEXT>> ON) * to [1]The lead edge void becomes the minimum.
7) Set the main cassette print start position value (Exposure display<<AUTO+MAIN CASSETTE LAMP>> ON) to [1] and make a copy.The print start position is shifted inside the document edge.
8) Measure the image loss R of the copied image. Enter the set value ofthe image scanning lead edge position (Exposure display<<PHOTO>> ON) again.
•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.R/0.1(mm) = Image loss set value <R: Image loss measurement value (mm)>
Example: 4/0.1 = 40 = about 40Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform the
fine adjustment.
Mode Specification
Developing bias voltage DC - 400±8V
Mode Specification
Grid bias LOW DC - 400±8V
Grid bias HIGH DC - 525±10V
5
10
5mm
4mm
*The dimension varies depending on the model.
10
5mm
0mm5
* The scanning edge is set. (A line may be printed by scanning the document edge.)
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-3
9) Measure the distance H between the paper lead edge and the imageprint start position. Set the image print start position set value(Exposure display <<AUTO+MAIN CASSETTE LAMP>> ON) again.
•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.H/0.1(mm) = Image print start position set value <H: Print start position measurement value (mm)>
Example: 5/0.1 = 50 = about 50Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform the
fine adjustment.10) Set the lead edge void adjustment value (Exposure display
<<TEXT>> ON)* again.•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.B/0.05 (mm) = Lead edge void adjustment value <B: Lead edge void (mm)>
Example: When setting the lead edge void to 2.5mm:2.5 /0.05 = about 50
Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform thefine adjustment.
* 2nd cassette lead edge void adjustment: Exposure display <<AUTO+ TEXT + PHOTO>>Multi bypass tray lead edge void adjustment: Exposure display<<TEXT + PHOTO>>
<Duplex mode adjustment>
OC 2nd print surface (Auto duplex) lead edge position adjustment:SIM50-19 <<PHOTO>>* For the adjustment procedure, set to S → D mode before execution.
Note:Before performing the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment and the lead edge void adjustment, be sure to performthe 1st print surface lead edge position adjustment in advance, andbe sure to perform the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment and then the lead edge void adjustment in thissequence.
<Adjustment specification>
* (Set to S → D mode for before execution)
b.SPF image lead edge position adjustment (SIM50-6)
1) Set a scale on the OC table as shown below.
Note:Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale inparalled with the edge lines.
2) Make a copy, Then use the copy output as an original to make anSPF copy again.
3) Check the copy output. If necessary, perform the followingadjustment procedures.
4) Execute SIM 50-6.5) Set the SPF lead edge position set value (Exposure display
<<AUTO>> ON) so that the same image is obtained as that obtainedin the previous OC image lead edge position adjustment.
<Adjustment specification>
5
10
0mm
0mm
*Fit the print edge with the paper edge, and perform the lead edge adjustment.
5
10
2.5mm
2.5mm
Adjustment mode
SIM LED Set value
Spec value
Setrange
OC image lead edge position
SIM50-1
PHOTO R/0.1 Lead edge
void:1 - 4mm
Image loss: 3mm or less
1 ~ 99
Main cassette print start position
AUTO+
MAIN
B/0.1
2nd cassette print start position
AUTO+
2ndCASSETTE
Multi bypass tray print start position
AUTO+
MULTI
Lead edge void TEXT B/0.05
OC 2nd print surface lead edge position adjustment
SIM50-19*
PHOTO 1 step: 0.1mm shift
Adjustment mode SIM LED Set value Spec value Set range
SPF image lead edge position(1st print surface)
SIM50-6
AUTO 1 step: 0.1mm shift
Lead edge void:1 - 4mm
Image loss: 3mm or less
1 ~ 99
(2nd print surface) TEXT
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-4
c.Rear edge void adjustment (SIM50-1, SIM50-19)
1) Set a scale as shown in the figure below.
2) Set the document size to A4 (8.5" x 11"), and make a copy at 100%.3) If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedure.
4) Execute SIM 50-1 and set the density mode to AUTO + TEXT +PHOTO (Rear edge void).The currently set adjustment value isdisplayed.
5) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored and a copy is made.
<Duplex mode adjustment>
* 1st print surface (auto duplex) rear edge void adjustment:SIM50-19 <<AUTO>>
* 2nd print surface (auto duplex) rear edge void adjustment:SIM50-19<<TEXT>>
* Set to S → D mode before execution.
Note:Before performing the 2nd print surface rear edge void adjustment,be sure to perform the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment. Never reverse the sequence.
<Adjustment specification>
* Set to S → D mode before execution
d. Paper off center adjustment (SIM50-10)
1) Set a test chart (UKOG-0089CSZZ) on the document table.2) Select a paper feed port and make a copy. Compare the copy and
the test chart. If necessary, perform the following adjustmentprocedure.
3) Execute SIM 50-10. After completion of warm-up, shading isperformed and the currently set off center adjustment value of eachpaper feed port is displayed.
4) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored and a copy is made.
<Duplex mode adjustment>
* 2nd print surface (auto duplex) off-center adjustment:SIM50-10<<TEXT+MAIN CASSETTE>>
<Adjustment specification>
e.Side edge void area adjustment (SIM26-43)
Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the paperoff center adjustment (SIM 50-10) is completed.
1) Set a test chart (UKOG-0089CSZZ) on the document table.2) Select a paper feed port and make two copies. Compare the 2nd
copy and the test chart. If necessary, perform the followingadjustment procedure.
* The 1st copy does not show the void. Be sure to check the 2nd copy.3) Execute SIM 26-43 and set the density mode to AUTO(right edge
void) + TEXT (Left edge void).The currently set adjustment value is displayed.
4) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored.
<Adjustment specification>
* The void adjustment values on the right and the left must be thesame.
(2) Main scanning direction(FR direction) distortion balance adjustment
1) Remove the OC glass and the right cabinet.
Mode SIM LED Set value Specifi- cation
Set range
Rear edge void SIM 50-1
AUTO +
TEXT+
PHOTO
1 step: 0.1mm shift
4mm or less
1 ~ 99
1st print surface rear edge void
SIM 50-19*
AUTO
2nd print surface rear edge void
SIM 50-19*
TEXT
A4(8.5" x 11")
Paper rear edge
Scale image
Paper rear edge
Void amount (Standard value: 4mm or less)
Mode SIM LED Set value Specifi- cation
Set range
Paper off center
SIM 50-10
AUTO+
Selected tray ON
Add 1: 0.1mm shift to R side.
Reduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side.
Single:Center±2.0mm
1 ~ 99
2nd print surface off-
center
SIM 50-10
TEXT+
MAIN CASSETTE
Duplex:Center±2.5mm
ode SIM LED Set value Specifi-cation
Set range
Left edge void SIM 26-43
AUTO(right edge)
+TEXT
(left edge)
1 step: 0.5mm shift
0.5 ~ 4mm 1 ~ 99
(1)
(1)
(2)
(4)
(3)
(3)
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-5
2) Loosen the copy lamp unit wire fixing screw.
3) Manually turn the mirror base drive pulley and bring No. 2/3 mirrorbase unit into contact with the positioning plate. At that time, if thefront frame side and the rear frame side of No. 2/3 mirror base unitare brought into contact with the positioning plate at the same time,the mirror base unit parallelism is proper. If one of them is in contactwith the positioning plate, perform the adjustment of 4).
4) Loosen the set screw of the scanner drive pulley which is not incontact with No. 2/3 mirror base unit positioning plate.
5) Without moving the scanner drive pulley shaft, manually turn thescanner drive pulley until the positioning plate is brought into contactwith No. 2/3 mirror base unit, then fix the scanner drive pulley.
6) Put No. 2/3 mirror base unit on the positioning plate again, push theprojections on the front frame side and the rear frame side of thecopy lamp unit to the corner frame, and tighten the wire fixing screw.
Wire fixing screw
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-6
(3)Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion adjustment
This adjustment must be performed in the following cases:•When the mirror base drive wire is replaced.•When the lamp unit, or No. 2/3 mirror holder is replaced.•When a copy as shown is made.
1) Set A3 (11" x 17") white paper on the original table as shown below.
2) Open the original cover and make a normal (100%) copy. 3) Measure the width of the black background at the lead edge and at
the rear edge.
If the width (La) of the black background at the lead edge is equal that(Lb) at the rear edge, there is no need to execute the followingprocedures of 4) ~ 7).
4) Loosen the mirror base drive pulley fixing screw on the front frameside or on the rear frame side.
5)Tighten the mirror base drive pulley fixing screw.
<Adjustment specification>
La = Lb
6) Execute the main scanning direction (FR) distartion balanceadjustment previously described in 2) again.
(4) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) distortion adjustment
When there is no skew copy in the mirror base scanning direction andthere is no horizontal error (right angle to the scanning direction), theadjustment can be made by adjusting the No. 2/3 mirror base unit railheight.Before performing this adjustment, be sure to perform the horizontalimage distortion adjustment in the laser scanner section. This adjustment must be performed in the following cases:•When the mirror base wire is replaced.•When the copy lamp unit or No. 2/3 mirror unit is replaced. •When the mirror unit rail is replaced or moved.•When a following copy is made.
LbLa
Original Copy
Paper exit direction
Fit the paper edge and the glass holding plate edge.
A3 (11" x 17") white paperGlass holding plate
Allow a little space.
Paper exit direction
La: Lead edge black background widthLb: Rear edge black background width
A
B
Rear side
Front side
When La < LbTurn the mirror base drive pulley on the front frame side in thearrow direction A.(Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)
When La > LbTurn the mirror base drive pulley on the front frame side in thearrow direction A.(Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)
Original Copy A Copy B
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-7
1) Making of a test sheet Make test sheet by drawing parallel lines at 10mm from the bothends of A3 (11" x 17") white paper as shown below. (These linesmust be correctly parallel to each other.)
2) Make a normal (100%) copy of the test sheet on A3 (11" x 17")paper. (Fit the paper edge with the glass holding plate edge.)
3) Measure the distances (La, Lb, Lc, Ld) at the four corners as shownbelow.
When La = Lb and Lc = Ld, no need to perform the procedures 4) and 5).
4) Move the mirror base F rail position up and down (in the arrowdirection) to adjust.
Note: If the rear side rail is used for the adjustment, the scanning positionof the white balance sheet is shifted and "E7-04" may occur onlywhen scanning with the SPF. Therefore it is advisable to use thefront side rail for the adjustment.
<Adjustment specification>
La = Lb, Lc = Ld
5) After completion of adjustment, manually turn the mirror base drivepulley, scan the mirror base A and mirror base B fully, and check thatthe mirror bases are not in contact with each other.
* If the mirror base rail is moved extremely, the mirror base may be incontact with the frame or the original glass. Be careful to avoid this.
(5) Main scanning direction (FR direction) magnification ratio adjustment (SIM 48-1)
Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCDunit is properly installed.
1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below.
2) Execute SIM 48-1.3) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the
main scanning direction magnification ratio is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.
4) Select the mode and press the start key again. 5) Manual correction mode (TEXT lamp ON)
Enter the set value and press the start key. The set value is stored and a copy is made.
10mm
10mm
10mm
10mm
Parallel line
White paper
Parallel line
La
Lb Ld
Lc
Paper exit direction
When La > LbShift the mirror base B rail upward by the half of thedifference of La - Lb.
When La < LbShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Lb - La.Example: When La = 12mm and Lb = 9mm, shift the mirror
base B rail upward by 1.5mm.
When Lc > LdShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Lc - Ld.
When Lc < LdShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Ld - Lc.
When moving the mirror base rail, hold the mirror base railwith your hand.
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-8
<Adjustment specification>
Note: A judgment must be made with 200mm width, and must not bemade with 100mm width.
(6) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) magnification ratio adjustment (SIM 48-1, SIM 48-5)
a. OC mode in copying (SIM48-1)
Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCDunit is properly installed.
1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make a normal(100%) copy.
2) Compare the scale image and the actual image. If necessary,perform the following adjustment procedures.
3) Execute SIM 48-1.<<PHOTO>>4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the
main scanning direction magnification ratio is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.
5) When the photo lamp is lighted by pressing the density selection key,the current magnification ratio correction value in the sub scanningdirection is displayed in lower 2 digits of the display section.
6) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.
<Adjustment specification>
b. RSPF sub scanning direction magnification ratio (SIM48-5)
Note:•Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCD unit isproperly installed.
•Before performing this adjustment, the OC mode adjustment in copyingmust be completed.
1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make a normal(100%) copy to make a test chart.
Note:Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale inparallel with the edge lines.
2) Set the test chart on the SPF and make a normal (100%) copy. 3) Compare the scale image and the actual image. If necessary,
perform the following adjustment procedures. 4) Execute SIM 48-5. 5) After warm-up, shading is performed.
The auto density lamp lights up and the current front surface subscanning direction magnification ratio correction value is displayed intwo digits on the display section.
6) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.
7) Change the mode from the duplex original mode to the simplexoriginal mode."MANUAL" lamp lights up and the current back surface sub scanningdirection magnification ratio is displayed in two digits on the displaysection.
8) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.
<Adjustment specification>
(7) Off center adjustment (SIM 50-12)
a. OC mode (SIM50-12)
1) Make a test chart as shown below and set it so that its center line isfit with the original guide center mark.
* To make a test chart, draw a line on A3 or 11" x 17" paper at thecenter in the paper transport direction.
2) Make a normal copy from the manual paper feed tray, and comparethe copy and the test chart.If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.
3) Execute SIM 50-12. 4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the
off center adjustment is displayed on the display section in 2 digits.5) Enter the set value and press the start key.
The set value is stored and a copy is made.
<Adjustment specification>
Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range
Main scanning direction magnification ratio
At normal: ±1.0%
SIM 48-1 Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1%decrease
1 ~ 99
Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range
Sub scanning direction magnification ratio(OC mode)
Normal±1.0%
SIM 48-1(PHOTO)
Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1% decrease
1 ~ 99
Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range
Sub scanning direction magnification ratio(SPF mode)
Normal ±1.0%
SIM 48-5 Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1% decrease
1 ~ 99
Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range
Original off center mode(OC mode)
Single:Center ±2.0mm
SIM 50-12(AE lamp
ON)
Add 1:0.1mm shift to R sideReduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side
1 ~ 99
Center
Original guide
Copy paper (A3 or 17" x 11")
AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-9
b. SPF original off-center adjustment (SIM50-12)
Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the paperoff center is properly adjusted.
1) Make a test chart for the center position adjustment and set it on theSPF.
<Adjustment specification>
Draw a line on a paper in the scanning direction. 2) Make a normal copy from the manual paper feed tray, and compare
the copy and the original test chart.If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.
3) Execute SIM 50-12. 4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the
off center adjustment at each paper feed port is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.
5) Enter the set value and press the start key. The set value is stored and a copy is made.
<Adjustment specification>
(8) SPF white correction pixel position adjustment(SIM63-7)(required in an SPF model when replacing the lens unit)
1) Fully open the SPF.2) Execute SIM 63-7.3) When the operation panel displays "COMPLETE,"the adjustment is
completed.4) If the operation panel displays "ERROR,"perform the following
measures.•When the display is 0:Check that the SPF is open.Check that the lamp is ON.(If the lamp is OFF,check the MCU connector.)Check that the CCD harness is properly inserted into the MCUconnector.•When the display is 281 or above:1) Remove the table glass.2) Remove the dark box.3) Slide the lens unit toward the front side and attach it,then execute
SIM.•When the display is 143 or below:1) Remove the table glass.2) Remove the dark box.3) Slide the lens unit toward the rear side and attach it,then execute
SIM.
* When the lens unit is moved,execute the OC main scanningmagnification ratio auto adjustment,SIM 48-1-1,IM48-3 and the PForiginal off-center adjustment.
* This adjustment is basically O.K.with IM 63-7.
C.Image density adjustment
(1)Copy mode (SIM 46-1)
1)Set a test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) on the OC table as shown below.
2) Put several sheets of A3 or 11" x 17" white paper on the test chart. 3) Execute SIM 46-1.4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the
density level is displayed on the display section in 2 digits. For mode selection, use the density select key.
5) Change the set value with the 10-key to adjust the copy imagedensity.
6) Make a copy and check that the specification below is satisfied.
<Adjustment specification>
Mode Specification SIM Set value Setrange
Original off center mode(SPF mode)
Single:Center ±3.0mm(TEXT lamp)
SIM50-12
Add 1:0.1mm shift to R sideReduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side
1 ~ 99
Duplex:Center ±3.5mm(PHOTO lamp)
RF
Density mode
Display lamp
Exposure level
Sharp Gray Chart output
Set value Set range
Auto Auto - "2" is slightly copied.
The greater the set value is the greater the density is The smaller the set value is the smaller the density is.
1 ~ 99
Text Text 3 "3" is slightly copied.
Photo Photo 3 "2" is slightly copied.
Toner save
Text/Photo
3 "3" is slightly copied
Toner save
Auto/Photo
- "2" is slightly copied
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-1
[7] SIMULATIONS1. Entering the simulation modePerform the following procedure to enter the simulation mode."#" key Interrupt key "C" key Interrupt key Main code Start key Sub code Start key
2. Canceling the simulation modeWhen the clear all key is pressed, the simulation mode is cancelled.When the interruption key is pressed, the process is interrupted and thescreen returns to the sub code entering display.* After canceling the simulation mode, be sure to turn OFF/ON the
power and check the operation.Note: If the machine is terminated by a jam error or paper empty during
copying in the adjustment by the simulation, recopying is required.
3. List of simulationsMaincode
Subcode
Contents
01 01 Mirror scanning operation
02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display
06 Mirror scanning operation aging
02 01 Single paper feeder (SPF) aging
02 SPF sensor status display
03 SPF motor operation check
08 SPG paper feed solenoid operation check
09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check
10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check
11 SPF PS release solenoid operation check
03 02 Shifter sensors status display
03 Shifter operation check
11 Shifter home position check
05 01 Operation panel display check
02 Fusing lamp and cooling fan operation check
03 Copy lamp lighting check
06 01 Paper feed solenoid operation check
02 Resist roller solenoid operation check
10 Main cassette semicircular roller cleaning
07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam
06 Intermittent aging
08 Shifting with warm-up display
08 01 Developing bias output
02 Main charger output (Grid = HIGH)
03 Main charger output (Grid = LOW)
06 Transfer charger output
09 01 Duplex motor forward rotation check
02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check
04 Duplex motor RPM adjustment
05 Duplex motor switchback time adjustment
10 - Toner motor operation
14 - Trouble cancel (except for U2)
16 - U2 trouble cancel
20 01 Maintenance counter clear
21 01 Maintenance cycle setting
02 Mini maintenance cycle setting
22 01 Maintenance counter display
02 Maintenance preset display
03 Jam memory display
04 Jam total counter display
05 Total counter display
06 Developing counter display
07 Mini maintenance preset display
08 SPF counter display
09 Paper feed counter display
12 Drum counter display
13 CRUM type display
14 P-ROM version display
15 Trouble memory display
16 Duplex print counter display
17 Copy counter display
18 Printer counter display
19 Scanner mode counter display
21 Scanner counter display
22 SPF jam counter display
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-2
24 01 Jam total counter clear
02 Trouble memory clear
04 SPF counter clear
05 Duplex print counter clear
06 Paper feed counter clear
07 Drum counter clear
08 Copy counter clear
09 Printer counter clear
13 Scanner counter clear
14 SPF jam total counter clear
15 Scanner mode counter clear
25 01 Main motor operation check
10 Polygon motor operation check
26 02 Size setting
03 Auditor setting
04 Copier duplex setting
05 Count mode setting
06 Destination setting
07 Machine condition check (CPM)
18 Toner save mode setting
30 CE mark conformity control ON/OFF
31 Auditor mode exclusive setup
36 Cancel of stop at maintenance life over
37 Cancel of stop at developer life over
38 Cancel of stop at drum life over
39 Memory capacity check
42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting
43 Side void amount setting
51 Copy temporary stop function setting
30 01 Paper sensor status display
42 01 Developing counter clear
43 01 Fusing temperature setting
10 Postcard paper feed cycle setting
11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting
12 Standby mode fusing fan rotation setting
13 Fusing paper interval control allow/inhibit setting
44 34 Transfer current setting
40 Setting of rotation time before toner supply
46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)
02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)
09 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 300dpi
10 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 600dpi
11 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Photo) 600dpi
18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)
19 Exposure mode setting(Gamma table setting/AE operation mode setting/Photo image process setting)
20 SPF exposure correction
29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)
30 AE limit setting
31 Image sharpness adjustment
48 01 Main scanning magnification ratio adjustment
05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scanning magnification ratio adjustment in copying
49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode
Maincode
Sub code
Contents
50 01 Image lead edge adjustment
06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF)
10 Paper off-center adjustment
12 Document off-center adjustment
18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy
19 Rear edge void adjustment in duplex copy
51 02 Resist amount adjustment
53 08 SPF scanning position automatic adjustment
61 03 HSYNC output check
63 01 Shading check
07 SPF automatic correction
64 01 Self print
Maincode
Subcode
Contents
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-3
4. Contents of simulationsMain code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
01 01 Mirror scanning operation When the [START] key is pressed, the home position is checked in the first place, and the mirror base performs A3 full scanning once at the set magnification ratio speed. During this scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. The mirror home position sensor status is displayed with the photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp. (The lamp lights up when the mirror is in the home position.)During scanning, the copy lamp lights up. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the operation is interrupted to go to the sub code input standby mode.
02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display
Used to monitor the mirror home position sensor. When the sensor is ON, the photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp is lighted. During that time, the display section displays the sub code. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. (When the CA key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.)
06 Mirror scanning operation aging When the [START] key is pressed, the mirror base performs A3 full scanning at the set magnification ratio speed. During scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. After 3 seconds, the mirror base performs full scanning again. During scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. * When the [START] key is pressed again, the ready lamp turns and remains off.
The photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp displays the status of the mirror home positionsensor. (The lamp lights up when the mirror is in the home position.)During aging, the copy lamp lights up. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the operation isinterrupted if operating, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
02 01 Single paper feeder (SPF) aging When the [START] key is pressed, the set magnification ratio is acquired and document transport operation of single surface is performed in the case of SPF or document transport operation of duplex surfaces is performed in the case of RSPF. Since, however, there is no limited condition for this operation, it does not stop even at a paper jam. During operation, the LED on the display section corresponding to the selected magnification ratio lights up, and the magnification ratio is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. <Conditions for executing this simulation>Set paper on the SPF and fix it with tape. If paper is not fixed, the operations cannot be guaranteed.
02 SPF sensor status display (In order to receive the sensor change notification, the load must be decreased.)The sensor status (ON/OFF) in the SPF can be checked with the following lamps.When a sensor detects paper, it turns on. The open/close detection sensor turns on when the machine is opened.
When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
03 SPF motor operation check When the [START] key is pressed, the motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the set magnification ratio. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine stops operation and goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
08 SPG paper feed solenoid operation check
The SPF paper feed solenoid (PSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode.When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check
The RSPF reverse solenoid (PSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times.After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check
The RSPF paper exit gate solenoid (GSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times.After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
Display lamp Sensor
Developing cartridge replacement lampCopier jam lampPhotoconductor cartridge replacement lampPaper empty lampSPF jam lampManual paper feed lampTray jam lampAE lampTEXT lampPHOTO lamp
SPF document set sensorSPF document transport sensorSPF unit (OC cover) open/close sensorSPF paper exit sensorSPF paper feed cover open/close sensorSPF paper length sensor 1SPF paper length sensor 2SPF paper feed width sensor (small)SPF paper feed width sensor (middle)SPF paper feed width sensor (large)
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-4
02 11 SPF PS release solenoid operation check
The SPF PS release solenoid (CLH) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
03 02 Shifter sensors status display The shifter HP sensor is monitored. When the sensor is ON, the [Copier position jam lamp] is lighted. During this operation, the display section displays the sub code. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
03 Shifter operation check The shifter is reciprocated 4 times. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. To stop the shifter, however, stop is in the home position.
11 Shifter home position check The shifter is moved in one direction by the specified steps. The 7-seg LED displays the sub code.While the shifter is moving, the shifter HP sensor is monitored. While the sensor is ON, the machine position jam lamp is lighted.
When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
05 01 Operation panel display check <<LED check mode (ALL ON/Individual ON)>>When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input mode, all the LED's (including the 7-seg lamps) are turned ON. After 5 sec of all ON, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Mode select] key is pressed during all ON, the lighting mode is shifted to the individual ON mode, where the LED's are individually lighted from the left top, to the left bottom, to the next line top, to the bottom, and so on. (For the 7-seg lamps, the 3-digit lamps are lighted at once.) After completion of lighting of all the lamps, the mode is shifted to the all ON mode. After 5 sec of all ON mode, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode.
When the [Interrupt] key is pressed in the LCD check mode, the machine goes back to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. When the [START] key is pressed with all the lamps ON, the machine goes back to the key input check mode. << Key input check mode>>When the machine goes into the key input check mode, [- - -] is displayed on the copy quantity display. Every time when a key on the operation panel is pressed, the input value is added on the copy quantity display. [- - -] [ 1] [ 2] •••.When a key is pressed once, it is not counted again. When the [START] key is pressed, the input number is added and displayed for 3 sec, and the machine goes into the LED lighting check mode (LED all ON state). When the [Interrupt] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When the key is pressed for the second time, the machine goes into the sub code input mode. When the [CA] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When the key is pressed for the second time, the simulation is terminated. (Note for the key input check mode). •Press the [START] key at the end. (When the key is pressed during the process, the machine goesinto the LED lighting check mode (all ON state).).
•When two or more keys are pressed simultaneously, they are ignored.
02 Fusing lamp and cooling fan operation check
When the [START] key is pressed, the fusing lamp turns ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms.The operation is repeated 5 times. During this process, the cooling fan motor rotates.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
03 Copy lamp lighting check When the [START] key is pressed, the copy lamp lights up for 5 sec. After completion of lighting, themachine goes into the sub code input mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the process is interrupted and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
3 key:4 key:5 key:
Step toward the frontStep toward the rearInitial
Individual ON mode cycle: 300ms for ON 20ms for OFF
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-5
06 01 Paper feed solenoid operation check
When this simulation is executed, the sub code is displayed on the 7-seg LED and the lamp corresponding to the solenoid lights up. Select a solenoid with the tray select key (the lamp corresponding to the solenoid lights up) and press the [START] key, and the machine repeats operation of ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms.This operation is repeated 20 times.After that, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
02 Resist roller solenoid operation check
When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input state, the resist solenoid (RRS) turns ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
10 Main cassette semicircular roller cleaning
The main motor is rotated to rotate the semicircular roller of the main cassette one turn to face the semicircular roller down. (Remove the developing layer when performing this operation.)During this process, the sub code is displayed on the display section.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam
Copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. When this simulation is executed, warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted up every second from 0 and displayed. After completion of warm-up, warm-up time count is stopped. When the [CA] key is pressed, the ready lamp lights up. After that, when the copy quantity is inputted with keys and the [START] key is pressed, copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. (Intermittent 0 sec)This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or performing a simulation that executes hardware reset.
06 Intermittent aging Copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. When this simulation is performed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. Enter the copy quantity with the key and press the [START] key, and copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity, the ready state remains for 3 sec, and copying is repeated again to make the set copy quantity. These operations are repeated. This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or performing a simulation that executes hardware reset.
08 Shifting with warm-up display (Shifting similar to pressing the CA key)
When the simulation code is entered, warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted up every second from 0 and displayed. When the [CA] key is pressed during counting up, the display section displays "0" and count-up process stops. However, warm-up is continued. After completion of warm-up, counting is stopped. Press the [CA] key to terminate the simulation mode. (This simulation is similar to SIM07-01, but without the aging function.)
08 01 Developing bias output When the [START] key is pressed, the developing bias signal is turned ON for 30 sec. However, to calculate the actual output value is calculated, execute SIM25-01.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
02 Main charger output (Grid = HIGH) When the [START] key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
03 Main charger output (Grid = LOW) When the [START] key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
06 Transfer charger output Select an output mode with the [Mode select] key and press the [START] key. The transfer charger output is delivered for 30 sec in the selected mode. After 30 sec of transfer charger output, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
* Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation.
Display lamp Solenoid
Main cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp3rd cassette lamp4th cassette lampManual paper feed lamp2nd cassette jam lampMachine jam lamp & 2nd cassette jam lamp
Main cassette paper feed solenoid* 2nd cassette paper feed solenoid* 3rd cassette paper feed solenoid* 4th cassette paper feed solenoidManual paper feed solenoid* 2nd cassette paper transport solenoid* 3rd cassette transport solenoid
•Small size is Letter R (A4R) or smaller.
Display lamp Output mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE & TEXT & PHOTO mode lamp
Normal size width: Front surfaceNormal size width: Back surfaceSmall size width: Front surfaceSmall size width: Back surfaceManual paper feed mode
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-6
09 01 Duplex motor forward rotation check
The duplex motor is driven in forward direction (in the paper exit direction) for 30 sec. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check
The duplex motor is driven in reverse direction for 30 sec. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
04 Duplex motor RPM adjustment When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When, however, the [START] key is pressed outside the set range, it is not assured.
At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.
05 Duplex motor switchback time adjustment
When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.
10 - Toner motor operation When the [START] key is pressed, the toner motor is driven for 30 sec.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the main code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the main code input standby mode.
14 - Trouble cancel (except for U2) * Trouble to write into the EEPROM such as H trouble is canceled and hardware reset isperformed.
16 - U2 trouble cancel * U2 trouble is canceled and hardware reset is performed.
20 01 Maintenance counter clear When the [Start] key is pressed, the maintenance count value is cleared and "000000" is displayed.(Alternate display of "000" and "000")
21 01 Maintenance cycle setting The current set maintenance cycle code is displayed (initial display), and the set data are stored.
02 Mini maintenance cycle setting (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series.)
The current set maintenance cycle code is displayed (initial display), and the set data are stored.
22 01 Maintenance counter display The maintenance counter value is displayed.
02 Maintenance preset display (Valid only when the destination is set to EX Japan)
The copy quantity corresponding to the code that is set with SIM21-01 is displayed. (For example: 50,000 sheets)
03 Jam memory display The LED of the latest jam position is lighted. Every time when the magnification ratio display key is pressed, the jam memory data is acquired sequentially from the latest. The jam position is judged by the acquired data and the corresponding LED is lighted. The 7-seg display indicates the jam number. At that time, "A" is displayed on the upper first digit. When the last one is displayed, the latest one will be displayed again. Max. 30 jams from the latest are stored. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
04 Jam total counter display The jam total counter value is displayed.
05 Total counter display The total counter value is displayed.
06 Developing counter display The developing counter data is acquired and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Set range: 1 - 13 Default: 4
(Change quantity 1 1-2 phase 3 steps)
Set range: 50 ~ 76 Default: 50
Code Setting
012345
5,000 sheets7,500 sheets10,000 sheets25,000 sheets50,000 sheets * DefaultFree (999,999 sheets)
Code Setting012
5,000 sheets * Default10,000 sheetsFree (999,999 sheets)
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-7
22 07 Mini maintenance preset display (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series)
The mini maintenance cycle data is acquired and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
08 SPF counter display The SPF counter value is displayed.
09 Paper feed counter display The counter value of the selected paper feed section is acquired from each variable, the data is displayed on the 7-seg display according to the regulations. When this simulation is executed, the value of the first cassette is displayed first. Press the tray select key to select the paper feed tray. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
12 Drum counter display The drum counter and the drum rotating time are displayed.To change the display mode, press the [Mode select] key.
13 CRUM destination display When this simulation is executed, the CRUM destination set (written) in the CRUM chip is displayed. This simulation is valid only for the models where the CRUM is valid.
14 P-ROM version display The P-ROM version is displayed on the copy quantity display. The main code and the sub code are alternatively displayed by 2 digits. The display interval is same as that of the counter display. By pressing the fixed magnification ratio key, each version display is switched.
15 Trouble memory display The trouble codes up to the latest one are acquired from the trouble memory data. Every time when the magnification ratio display is pressed, the main code of the trouble is displayed on the 1st ~ 2nd digit. * The latest 20 troubles are stored in the memory.The 3rd digit indicates the trouble history code, "A" ~ "J" (meaning of 1 ~ 10). After "J" is displayed, "A" ~ "J" blinks. (Meaning of 11 ~ 20)After "J" blinks (meaning of 20), "A" ~ "J" is lighted. (Returns to 1.)When the [START] key is pressed, the sub code is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.* Note that when the history code blinks, the trouble code and the sub code do not blink.
16 Duplex print counter display Data is acquired from the duplex print counter variable, and is displayed.When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
17 Copy counter display The copy counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
18 Printer counter display The printer counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into thesub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
19 Scanner mode counter display The scanner mode counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goesinto the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
21 Scanner counter display The scanner counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
22 SPF jam counter display The SPF jam counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
24 01 Jam total counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the jam total count value is reset to zero, and zero is displayed.
02 Trouble memory clear The trouble memory and the EEPROM trouble history data are cleared and "000" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
04 SPF counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
05 Duplex print counter clear The duplex print count data is cleared, and zero is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
06 Paper feed counter clear The paper feed counter data of each paper feed section is cleared, and "000" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Display lampAE mode lampTEXT mode lamp
Display modeDrum counterDrum rotating time
7-seg display Meaning (CRUM destination) 7-seg display Meaning (CRUM destination)
00010203
Not set yetBTA-ABTA-BBTA-C
049912
BTA-EConversionAL series
Display lamp (AB series) Display lamp (Inch series) Displayed version
141%115%
141%121%
Machine programIMC program
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-8
24 07 Drum counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the drum count and the drum roasting time are reset to zero, and the drum counter value is displayed on the 7-seg LED. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
08 Copy counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the copy count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
09 Printer counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the printer count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
13 Scanner counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
14 SPF jam total counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF jam total count value is reset to zero and displayed on the7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
15 Scanner mode counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the scanner mode count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.
25 01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)
When the [START] key is pressed, the main motor (together with the duplex motor for the duplex model) is driven for 30 sec. At that time, to save toner consumption, if the developing until is installed, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are outputted. Since, in that case, laser discharge is required when the motor stops, the polygon motor is driven simultaneously. Check if the developing unit is installed or not. If it is not installed, the above high voltage is not outputted and only the motor is rotated. After completion of 30 sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.* This simulation must not be executed by forcibly turning on the door open/close switch.
10 Polygon motor operation check When the [START] key is pressed, the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec. After completion of 30 sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
26 02 Size setting Used to set Enable/Disable of the FC (8.5" x 13") size detection.
Detection size when a document of the FC ((8.5" x 13") size is used
•For the other destinations, this setting is disabled.
03 Auditor setting Used to set the auditor.
* When the coin vendor mode is selected, if the auditor setup is ON and the standard tray ismanual feed tray, the standard tray setup must be changed to the main cassette.
04 Copier duplex setting When this simulation is executed, the current set duplex code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number of duplex setting and press the [START] key, and the entered code number is set.
* When this simulation is executed, the binding margin setup is automatically set to the default (left side).
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Code number Setting
01
FC detection DisableFC detection Enable
* Default except for the following* Default only for SCA/Philippines
Unit to be used
Destination Document sizeSetting
0 (Disable) 1 (Enable)
Document SPF EX Japan AB series (FC)
FC (8.5" x 13") B4 FC (8.5" x 13")
B4 B4 FC (8.5" x 13")
Inch series (FC) FC (8.5" x 13") LG (8.5" x 14") FC (8.5" x 13")
LG (8.5" x 14") LG (8.5" x 14") FC (8.5" x 13")
Code number Mode
012
Built-in auditor modeCoin vendor modeOther
Code number Mode
01
Without duplexWith duplex
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-9
26 05 Count mode setting When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored to the count mode set variable and in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. However, if the [START] key is pressed outside the set range, it is not assured. At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.
06 Destination setting When this simulation is executed, the current set destination code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number of the destination and press the [START] key to set the destination.
If this setting is changed, SIM46-19 setting is also changed accordingly.(The paper size is also changed: AB series is changed to A4, and Inch series to Letter.The AE limit setup is set to the default. When the destination is changed (from Japan to EX Japan or from EX Japan to Japan), the maintenance cycle is also set to the default accordingly.)
07 Machine condition check (CPM) When this simulation is executed, the current setting of the machine is displayed.
18 Toner save mode setting Used to set ON/OFF of the toner save mode.
* The toner save mode of the user program is also changed accordingly.
30 CE mark conformity control ON/OFF
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number of CE mark conformity is displayed. Enter the desired code number of CE mark conformity and press the [START] key to set the code number.
31 Auditor mode exclusive setup Used to set whether the manual fed tray can be used or not when the auditor mode is set to the coinvendor mode.
* When this is set to "Exclusive setup ON," if the auditor is set to the coin vendor mode and thestandard tray is set to the manual feed tray, the standard tray must be set to the main cassette.
36 Cancel of stop at maintenance life over
Used to set stop at maintenance life over.
37 Cancel of stop at developer life over
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number. The machine goes into the sub code input state.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
[*1 : Total counter / Developer counter *2 : maintenance counter]
0:1:2:3:
*1= Double count*1= Single count*1= Double count*1= Single count
*2= Double count*2 = Double count*2= Single count*2= Single count
Code number Destination
0123456
Japan AB seriesInch seriesEX Japan AB seriesEX Japan inch seriesEX Japan AB series (FC)China (EX Japan AB series + China paper support)Taiwan (EX Japan AB series + China paper support)
7-seg display Meaning (CPM information)
151620
15CPM16CPM20CPM
Code number Setting
01
Toner save OFFToner save ON
Code number Setting
01
CE mark conformity control OFF *Default for 100V systemCE mark conformity control ON
Code number Setting
01
Exclusive setup OFF (Manual paper feed allowed)Exclusive setup ON (Manual paper fed inhibited)
Code number Setting
01
Stop at maintenance life overCancel of stop at maintenance life over * Default
Code number Setting
01
Stop at developer life over Cancel of stop at developer life over
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-10
26 38 Cancel of stop at drum life over When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number.
39 Memory capacity check When this simulation is executed, the current memory capacity is displayed.
42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting
When this simulation is executed, the current setting value of transfer ON timing is displayed. Enter a set value and press the [START] key to set the entered value, and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Mode select] key is pressed, the ON timing setting and the OFF timing setting are alternatively selected. At that time, the setting is saved and written into the EEPROM.
•Setting range: 1 ~ 99When the setting value is increased by 1, time is increased by 2ms.
•The default, 50, of transfer ON timing means "344ms passed from PS release."The default, 50, of transfer OFF timing means "304ms passed from P-IN OFF."
43 Side void amount setting Used to set the side void amount on the both sides. Enter a set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. The setting range is 0 ~ 10. When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by 0.5mm. The default is 3 (= 1.5mm).To select the setting mode, press the [Exposure mode select] key. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the copy quantity display. At that time, the set value is also saved.
* When the setting value is increased by 1, time is increased by 0.5ms.
51 Copy temporary stop function setting
When any key is pressed, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data is acquired and stored to the setting variable of sort/group copy temporary stop function and to the EEPROM. The machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode without rewriting the data. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation mode is terminated without rewriting the data.* When this is set to "Stop," temporary stop is made for every 250 copies in one copy job.
30 01 Paper sensor status display The paper sensor status is displayed with the lamps on the operation panel. * When each sensor detects paper, the corresponding lamp turns on.
42 01 Developing counter clear The developer counter data in the EEPROM is cleared and 0 is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation mode is terminated.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Code number Setting
01
Stop at drum life over Cancel of stop at drum life over
7-seg display Meaning (Memory capacity)
1632
16MByte32MByte
Display lamp Setting mode Default
AE mode lampTEXT mode lamp
Transfer ON timingTransfer OFF timing
5050
Display lamp Setting mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lamp
Side void amount (Right)Side void amount (Left)
Code number Setting
01
Not stopStop * Default
Display lamp Sensor name
Developer lampMachine jam lampToner lampManual paper feed lampNo. 1 cassette lampNo. 2 cassette lampNo. 3 cassette lampNo. 4 cassette lampTray jam lamp 1Tray jam lamp 2Paper empty lamp
Paper exit sensorDuplex sensorPaper entry sensorManual feed paper empty sensorNo. 1 tray paper empty sensorNo. 2 tray paper empty sensorNo. 3 tray paper empty sensorNo. 4 tray paper empty sensorNo. 2 tray paper feed sensorNo. 3 tray paper feed sensorNo. 4 tray paper feed sensor
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-11
43 01 Fusing temperature setting (During normal copy)
When the simulation is terminated, the current set value is displayed. When the [%] key is pressed, the setting is changed. When the [START] key is pressed, the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
10 Postcard paper feed cycle setting Used to set the paper feed cycle timing in postcard printing. (Pickup interval)[1] ~ [99] (Center [50], Unit: 100msec)(Example: When 50, pickup interval = 100msec x 50)
11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting
When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When the [%] key is pressed, the setting is changed. When the [START] key is pressed, the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
12 Standby mode fusing fan rotation setting
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number.
13 Fusing paper interval control allow/inhibit setting
Used to set the paper feed timing of 21st and later page to A3 or WLT when multi copying or printing paper of narrow width. (A3 or WLT depends on the destination.)When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter a desired code number and press the [START] key, and the entered code number is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
<Applicable paper>1) Cassette paper feed: A4R, B5R, 8-1/2" X 14", 8-1/2" X 13", 8-1/2" X 11", A5, INV2) Manual paper feed: A4R, B5R, 8-1/2" X 14", 8-1/2" X 13", 8-1/2" X 11", A5, INV,16KR* A5 size for manual paper feed is valid only for EX Japan AB series.
44 34 Transfer current setting Used to set the transfer current for the front surface and that for the back surface. When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed on the 7-seg display. Select the set value with the zoom (Up/Down) keys and press the [START] key, and the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. Press the [Mode select] key to select each setting mode. At that time, the setup content is written into the EEPROM. The set range is 90uA ~ 360uA in the increment of 10uA.
* Small size paper must be Letter R (A4R) or smaller.* For the special size of tray, use the normal size width.
40 Setting of rotation time before toner supply
Used to set the time interval between start of rotation (ready) of the main motor and start of toner supply in previous rotation after supplying the power. [1] ~ [99] (Default [8], unit: sec)
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Set temperature (°C) Set temperature (°C)
160165
170 * Default175180
185190195200
Set temperature (°C) Set temperature (°C)
160165170175180
185190
195 * Default 200
Code number Setting
01
Low speed rotation *DefaultHigh speed rotation
Code number Setting
01
Inhibit * DefaultAllow
Display lamp Setting mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE & TEXT & PHOTO mode lamps
Normal size width: FrontNormal size width: BackSmall size width: FrontSmall size width: BackManual paper feed
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-12
46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi) Used to set the copy density for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are operated, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default [50])* The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the darker the density is, and vise versa. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 can be made. When, however, the density is set darker, Exp.1 and Exp. 5 become darker, too. If the dentistry is set lighter, Exp. 1 and Exp. 5 become lighter, too. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)
02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi) Used to set the copy density for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are operated, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default [50])Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the darker the density is, and vise versa. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 can be made. When, however, the density is set darker, Exp.1 and Exp. 5 become darker, too. If the dentistry is set lighter, Exp. 1 and Exp. 5 become lighter, too. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)
09 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 300dpi
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the TEXT mode (including TS)•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased
•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast. (Increased gradation)
* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value. The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift.
Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).
(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* Select TEXT or TEXT (TS) with the [Mode select] key.
* Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Display lamp Copy mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
AE mode (300dpi)TEXT mode (300dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi)TS mode (AE) (300dpi)
Display lamp Copy mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
AE mode (600dpi)TEXT mode (600dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi)TS mode (AE) (600dpi)
Mode lamp Exposure mode to be adjusted
TEXT mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOT mode lamp
TEXT modeTEXT (TS) mode
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-13
46 10 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 600dpi
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the TEXT mode (including TS)•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased
•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast. (Increased gradation)
* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value.The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift.
Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).
(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* Select TEXT or TEXT (TS) with the [Mode select] key.
* Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.
11 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Photo) 600dpi
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the PHOTO mode•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased
•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast.(Increased gradation)
* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value.The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift."
Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).
(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* The [Mode select] key is invalid, and the PHOTO lamp lights up. * Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Mode lamp Exposure mode to be adjusted
TEXT mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOT mode lamp
TEXT modeTEXT (TS) mode
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-14
46 18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)
Used to adjust the contrast for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)* The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the contrast is. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 is made. However, the contrasts at Exp.1 and Exp. 5 are also changed accordingly. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)
19 Exposure mode setting (Gamma table setting / AE operation mode setting / PHOTO image process setting)
Used set for the following three exposure mode. Enter a code number and press the [START] key, and the entered number is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. (When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed, the number is written into the EEPROM and the set item is changed.)<<Gamma table setting>>When this simulation is executed, the current set code number of gamma table is displayed. (Default: Japan -1. EX Japan -2)* When setting the gamma table, no "Mode lamps" are lighted.
* If this setting is changed, the set content of SIM46-30 is reset to the default. <<AE mode>>When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed in gamma table setting, the mode is changed to the AE operation mode setting and the current set code number of the AE operation mode is displayed. (Default: 0)* When setting the AE operation mode, the "AE mode lamp" is lighted.
<Photo image process setting>When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed during the AE operation mode setting, the setting mode is changed to the photo image process setting and the currently set code number of the photo image process setting is displayed.* When in the photo image process setting, the [Photo mode lamp] is lighted.
* When this setting is changed, SIM 46-1/2/18/29 and SIM 46-31 Photo items are reset to thedefault. (SIM 46-11 is also linked.)
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Display lamp Copy mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
AE mode (300dpi)TEXT mode (300dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi)TS mode (AE) (300dpi)
Code number Setting (Gamma table)
12
Image quality priority mode * Default for Japan modelsToner consumption priority mode * Default for EX Japan models
Code number Setting (AE operation mode)
01
Lead edge stop * DefaultRear time process
Code number Setting (Photo image process setting)
12
Error diffusion processDither process * Default
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-15
46 20 SPF exposure correction Used to adjust the exposure correction amount in the SPF mode (for the OC mode).(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The entered set value is stored and a copy is made. When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. [1] ~ [99] (Center [50])* The greater the set value is, the darker the density is. The smaller the set value is, the lighter the
density is.* The exposure mode is TEXT fixed. The LED does not change, either.
The exposure level can not be adjusted.
29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)
Used to adjust the contrast for each mode. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the contrast is. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 is made. However, the contrasts at Exp.1 and Exp. 5 are also changed accordingly. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)
30 AE limit setting Used to set the AE and the limit value at AE (toner save).The set range is 0 ~ 31. The default is 0.Change the setting and press the [START] key, and it will be written into the EEPROM and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed, the machine goes back to the gamma table setting mode.
<Remark>When SIM26-60 (Destination setting) and SIM46-19 (Auto exposure mode) are changed, this set content of this simulation is also changed to the default.
31 Image sharpness adjustment Used to adjust clear/shading of image for each mode. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 1)Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value.
Use the [Copy mode select] key to select each copy mode. The code number of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Display lamp Copy mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
AE mode (600dpi)TEXT mode (600dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi)TS mode (AE) (600dpi)
Display lamp Setting mode
AE mode lampAE mode lamp $ PHOTO mode lamp
Limit value for AELimit value for AE (Toner save)
Set value Image quality
012
ShadingStandard *DefaultClear
Display lamp Copy mode
AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
AE modeTEXT modePHOTO modeTS mode (TEXT)TS mode (AE)
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-16
48 01 Main scanning/sub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment
Used to adjust the magnification ratio in the main scanning direction (front/rear) and the sub scanning direction. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is saved a copy is made. (When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1 %.) (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)
05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scanning magnification ratio adjustment in copying
The current SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio adjustment value is displayed. When the [START] key is pressed, the entered value is acquired and saved into the EEPROM, and a copy is made. When the [CA] key is pressed instead, the simulation mode is terminated.In RSPF adjustment, after the machine enters the copy mode of one page, select the single copy mode with the duplex key to shift to the single copy mode, making two pages of single copy. For printing, regardless of the density mode LED and the density level LED display, the density mode = MANUAL, and density level = 3.
49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, "d" is displayed on the copy quantity display and the machine enters the Flash ROM program writing mode. Use the writing tool on the PC to write the program. During writing, the display is made as follows. After completion of downloading, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.
* "*" in the error display indicates the error position.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Lighting lamp Adjustment mode
TEXT lampPHOTO lamp
Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustmentSub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment
Lighting lamp Adjustment mode
AE lampTEXT lamp
SPF/RSPF document surface magnification ratio adjustmentRSPF document back magnification ratio adjustment
Status Copy quantity display Pre-heat lamp Ready lamp
Download data receptionData delete startData writing (Boot section)Data writing (Program section)Sum checkCompletion of downloadingError status
"d""d""d""d""d""OFF""*E"
ONONFlashFlashONOFFOFF
OFFONOFFFlashONOFFOFF
1. Data reception error2. Loader function transfer3. Flash ROM delete4. Flash ROM writing (Boot section)
5. Flash ROM writing (Program section)6. Sum check (Loader section)7. Sum check (Boot section)8. Sum check (Program section)
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-17
50 01 Image lead edge adjustment Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void amount on the copy paper. This adjustment is made by adjusting the image scan start position at 100% and the print start position (resist roller ON timing). (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) When the copy mode select key is pressed, the setting mode and the display are switched. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is set and a copy is made. (Adjustment range 1 ~ 99) When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. When the adjustment is made with the main cassette paper feed, all the adjustment values at the paper feed ports become the same. (When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the position is shifted by about 0.1mm.)
* The mark, " ", indicates that it is supported only for the installed model, and it is skipped fornon-installed models.
Note:When printing is made with manual paper feed, use A3 paper. When the adjustment value of the print start position is increased by 1, the resist roller ONtiming is delayed and the print image is reduced by 0.1mm. When the adjustment value of theimage scan start position is increased by 1, the scan start position is shifted to the homeposition by 0.1mm.
[Adjustment procedure](1) Set the print start position (A) (AE ON), the lead edge void amount (B) (TEXT ON), and the scan
start position (C) (PHOTO ON) to <1>, and make a 100% copy.(2) Measure the image loss (R mm) of the scale. Set as C=10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.)
When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)(3) Measure the distance between the paper lead edge and the image print start position.
Set as A=10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is shifted toward the paper leadedge by 1mm. (Default: 50)
(4) Set the lead edge void area as B=50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)When the value of B is increased by 10, the void is increased by about 1mm.(For 25 or less, however, the void amount is zero.)
(Example)
06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF)
Used to make the SPF copy lead edge position adjustment. * When the adjustment value of the document scan start position is increased by 1, the scan start
timing is advanced by 0.1mm. The print image is shifted to the reverse side of the scan startposition.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)
<Adjustment items>
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Lighting lamp Adjustment mode
AE, Main cassette lampAE, 2nd cassette lampAE, Manual paper feed lampTEXT lampPHOTO lampAE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed)
Print start position (Manual paper feed)Image lead edge void amountImage scan start positionImage rear edge void amount
5mm
10mm
Image loss R=4mm
Distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge H = 5mm
Lighting lamp Item Default Variable range
AETEXTPHOTO
Front document scan position adjustmentBack document scan position adjustmentRear edge void adjustment (SPF)
505050
1 ~ 991 ~ 991 ~ 99
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-18
50 10 Paper off-center adjustment Used to adjust the positions of copy images on copy paper and the center offset position when scanning the document.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is stored and a copy is made. When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. (When the set value is increased by 1, the position is shifted by 0.1mm.)<Supplement>When the adjustment value is increased, the image is shifted to the left. When the adjustment value is decreased, the image is shifted to the right.
Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation. Note: When the adjustment value is too great, the outside area of shading may be scanned, resulting
in black streaks on copy paper. When printing is made with manual paper feed, use A3 paper.
12 Document off-center adjustment Used to make the document scan off-center adjustment.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)* When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the print image is shifted by 0.1mm to the left
when the scan start position is put on the upper side. <Adjustment item>
18 Duplex copy memory reverse position adjustment
Used to adjust the memory reverse position in duplex copy. When this simulation is executed, the current correction value is displayed. Enter a correction value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved. (The correction value range is 1 ~ 99. The default is 50.)
Printing of the front surface in the S-D mode and printing of the even pages in the D-S mode are performed as reverse memory copying from the rear edge of the document. When, therefore, the printing position adjustment of output image is required, perform the adjustment as follows:The image direction in reverse memory copying is shown in the figure below. That is, when the document scan direction is as shown with the arrow, the output image is printed from the rear edge of scanning. If, therefore, the print edge section is shifted, set the reference chart with the reference position at the rear edge and use this simulation to change the set value in order to adjust the print lead edge position. Since printing is started at the print start position and performed from the last, saved data in the memory to the head data, the lead edge position of an image is adjusted by changing the last data position saved in the memory.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Lighting lamp Adjustment mode
AE, Main cassette lampsAE, 2nd cassette lampsAE, 3rd cassette lampsAE, 4th cassette lampsAE, Manual paper feed lampsTEXT, main cassette lamps
Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed)Print center offset (3rd cassette paper feed)Print center offset (4th cassette paper feed)
Print center offset (Manual paper feed)2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)
Lighting lamp Item Default Variable range
AETEXTPHOTO
Platen document scanSPF document front scanRSPF document back scan
505050
1 ~ 991 ~ 991 ~ 99
Lighting lamp Item
AETEXT
OC memory reverse output positionSPF memory reverse output position
Documenttransportdirection
Scanning lead edge
Scanningdirection
Scanningrear edge
Scanning end position (Scanning cut by void (1) as default)
Papertransportdirection
Print lead edgeLead edge void (1) Print start position
Rear edge voidPrint rear edge
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-19
50 19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment
Used to adjust the rear edge void amount in duplex copy. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Center value: 50)* When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by about 0.1mm. Press the copy mode select key to select a suitable setting mode and a display. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is saved and a copy is made. (Paper information is cleared after every copying). When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated.
51 02 Resist amount adjustment Used to adjust the contact pressure of the machine resist roller and the RSPF resist roller onto thepaper. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When the exposure mode key is pressed, the following set items are changed sequentially. Enter an adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved and a copy will be made. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated.
Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation.
53 08 SPF scanning position automatic adjustment
Place the black chart so that it covers both the SPF scan glass and the OC glass. Close the OC cover. When this simulation is executed, the current adjustment value is displayed as the initial display. When the [START] key is pressed, the mirror unit scans from the home position to the SPF scan position with the current adjustment value displayed, and the SPF glass cover edge is calculated from the difference between the SPF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass CCD output level. * The default is 50, the adjustment range is 1 ~ 99, and the adjustment unit 1= about 0.127mm. If the adjustment is completed normally, the adjusted value is displayed. If not, the jam lamp lights up with the current set value displayed. When the [START] key is pressed again with the jam lamp ON, the execution is repeated again. When the [Interrupt] key or the [CA] key is pressed during execution, "- -" is displayed and the operation is canceled. The mirror returns to its home position and the simulation mode is terminated. In the case when the [Interrupt key] is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. In the case when the [CA] key is pressed, all the lamps are turned off.
61 03 HSYNC output check When the [START] key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec. Every time when HSYNC is detected, the zoom lamp is lighted for 100msec.
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Lighting lamp Item
AE lampTEXT lampPHOTO lamp
Paper rear edge void amount (First print surface)Paper rear edge void amount (Second print surface)Print start position (duplex back surface)
Lighting lamp Adjustment mode
AE, Main cassette lampAE, 2nd cassette lampAE, 3rd cassette lampAE, 4th cassette lampAE, Manual paper feed lampAE, TEXT, PHOTO lampsAE, TEXT lampsAE, PHOTO lampTEXT, PHOTO lamps
Main cassette paper feed2nd cassette paper feed3rd cassette paper feed4th cassette paper feed
Manual paper feedRSPF document feed (Front surface)RSPF document feed (Back surface)RSPF document (A5) paper feed (Back surface)Duplex back surface
ON lamp Display mode
AE lampTEXT lamp
SPF scan position automatic adjustmentSPF scan position manual adjustment
AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-20
63 01 Shading check The detection level of the white plate for shading is displayed. (Operating procedure)When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input standby mode, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading and the copy lamp is lighted. Until the light quantity of the copy lamp is stabilized, the sub code of "01" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the light quantity of the copy lamp is stabilized, it is revised every second, and the level of one pixel at the CCD center where no correction is made is detected for 10 sec, and the detected level is displayed in hexadecimal on the 7-seg display. After completion of 10 sec detection, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.
07 SPF automatic correction The SPF white correction start pixel position is automatically adjusted. This is performed after replacement of the lens. Open the SPF unit and press the [START] key, and the position (which pixel) of the white sheet for SPF exposure correction in the SPF position is displayed on the 7-seg display.If the value is 93 ~ 229, it is displayed on the 7-seg display and is written into the EEPROM. If the value is 0 ~ 92 or 230 ~ 999, it is displayed on the 7-seg display but is not written into the EEPROM. If the value is 1000 or above, "-------" is displayed on the 7-seg display and is not written into the EEPROM.The pixel position -34 written into the EEPROM is considered as the SPF white correction start pixel of the machine. When shi simulation is executed with the SPF unit closed, an error will occur.
64 01 Self print The optical system status is ignored and a self print is made. Also when a print command is sent from the host, printing is performed. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. (However, the scanner is invalid and no initial operation is made.)Enter the code number with the 10-key, and select a cassette with the cassette select key and press the [START] key. The selected cassette start paper feed and printing is performed in the selected pattern.* Only the tray lamp and the online lamp are lighted, and no other lamps are lighted. Printing is made in 1 by 2 mode, where one line is printed and the following two liens are not printed, or in the grid pattern.
* Print data are made on A3 size. (A3 paper is preferable.)
Main code
Sub code
Contents Details of operation
Code number Pattern
0123
1 by 2Grid patternWhite paperBlack background
AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-1
[8] USER PROGRAMSThe user programs allow the parameters of certain functions to be set, changed, or canceled as desired.
1. List of user programsThis copier has the following user programs.
*1 On models with a SPF/RSPF.*2 On models with a dual function board.
Program nameProgram
NoDescription Default Parameters
Auto clear time
1
"Auto clear time" automatically returns the copy settings to the initial settings when a certain period of time elapses after a copy is made. This program is used to select the period of time. "Auto clear time" can also be disabled. 60sec
1 (OFF)
2 (10sec)
3 (20sec)
4 (60sec)
5 (90sec)
6 (120sec)
Preheat mode
2
This function automatically switches the machine to a low power consumption state if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on.The POWER SAVE indicator lights up, however, the keys on the operation panel can be used. Normal operation automatically resumes when a key on the operation panel is pressed, an original is placed, a print job is received, or scanning is begun from a computer.
1min
1 (1min)
2 (5min)
3 (30min)
4 (60min)
5 (120min)
6 (240min)
Auto power shut-off timer
3
This function automatically switches the machine to a state that consumes even less power than preheat mode if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on. All lights except the POWER SAVE indicator and ON LINE indicator go off. To resume normal operation, press the [START] key ( ). Normal operation also resumes automatically when a print job is received or scanning is begun from a computer. While in auto power shut-off mode, no keys (except the [START] key ( )) can be used.
5min
1 (5min)
2 (30min)
3 (60min)
4 (120min)
5 (240min)
Stream feeding mode*1
4
When copying using the SPF/RSPF, during the period of time that the SPF/RSPF indicator blinks after an original has been scanned (about 5 seconds), a subsequent original can be placed and automatically fed into the machine.
OFF
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Auto power shut-off setting 5
Use this setting to enable or disable auto power shut-off.ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Border line for 2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1*2 6
When copying multiple originals onto a single sheet of paper (2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1 copy), this function can be used to print a solid or broken borderline around each original image.
OFF
1 (OFF)
2 (Solid line)
3 (Broken line)
Rotation copy*2
7
When the auto paper select function is enabled and there is no paper that is the same size as the original and loaded in the same orientation, this function will automatically select paper of the same size that is loaded in the opposite orientation, and rotate the image 90 degrees so that it is copied on the paper in the correct orientation.When the auto ratio select function is operating and the original and paper are loaded in opposite orientations, this function rotates the image so that it is copied on the paper in the correct orientation.
ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Auto paper select mode
8
This function automatically selects paper that is the same size as the original placed in the SPF/RSPF, or the same size as that selected with the [ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER] key (only for sizes 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14" and 11" x 14"). The function can be disabled.
ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Auto tray switching
9
If the paper runs out during printing and there is paper of the same size and orientation in another tray, this function automatically switches to that tray (excluding the bypass tray). The function can be disabled.
ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Auditing mode 10 to15 See "Enabling Audit Mode". - -
Erase width adjustment*2
16
Use this setting to set the width of erasure of shadows that appear around the edges and at the binding margin when a book or similar original is copied. 1/2" (10mm)
1 (0" (0mm))
2 (1/4" (5mm))
3 (1/2" (10mm))
4 (3/4" (15mm))
5 (1" (20mm))
AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-2
*2 On models with a dual function board.*3 On models with automatic two-sided copying.
Program nameProgram
NoDescription Default Parameters
Layout in 2 IN 1 copy*2
17
Use this setting to select the layout pattern when two original pages are copied onto a single sheet of paper.
Pattern 1
1 (Pattern 1)
2 (Pattern 2)
Layout in 4 IN 1 copy*2
18
Use this setting to select the layout pattern when four original pages are copied onto a single sheet of paper.
Pattern 1
1 (Pattern 1)
2 (Pattern 2)
3 (Pattern 3)
4 (Pattern 4)
Offset of paper output tray19
When enabled, this function offsets the position in the output tray of interrupt copy jobs and sets of copies during sort/group copy. ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Image rotation in duplex copying*3
20
When a one-sided portrait original is placed in a horizontal orientation (8-1/2" x 11" or 8-1/2" x 14" size) for two-sided copying, the top and bottom of the images on the front and back of the paper will be opposite to each other,
OFF
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Location of the margin*2,*3
21Use this setting to switch between the margin at the top edge and the margin at the left edge. Left edge
1 (Left edge)
2 (Top edge)
Margin width*2
22
Use this setting to set the margin width.
1/2" (10mm)
1 (0" (0mm))
2 (1/4" (5mm))
3 (1/2" (10mm))
4 (3/4" (15mm))
5 (1" (20mm))
Resolution in Auto/Text mode 23
The copy resolution in auto and text mode is normally 300 dpi. If high-quality copies are preferred, use this setting to change the resolution to 600 dpi.
300dpi1 (300dpi)
2 (600dpi)
Memory allocated to printer mode*2
24
Use this to change the proportion of IMC memory used for printer mode.
50%
1 (30%)
2 (40%)
3 (50%)
4 (60%)
5 (70%)
Key auto repeat
25
Use this setting to select whether or not holding down a key causes repeated input of the key. For keys that normally cause a set value to increase when held down (for example, holding down the [ZOOM] key ( , )), this program can be used to have the set value not change when the key is held down.
ON
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Key press time
26
Use this setting to select how long a key must be pressed for the input to be accepted. By selecting a longer time, you can prevent settings from being changed by the accidental pressing of a key.
Minimum(current
response speed)
1 (Minimum(current response speed))
2 (0.5sec)
3 (1.0sec)
4 (1.5sec)
5 (2.0sec)
Audible signals volume
27
This sets the volume of beep signals. Low (current volume)
1 (Low (current volume))
2 (High)
3 (OFF)
Base setting beep signal28
Use this to sound a beep when a base setting is selected.OFF
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Number of copies limit29
Use this setting to select 99 or 999 for the maximum number of copies. 999 copies
1 (99 copies)
2 (999 copies)
2 IN 1 copy
Pattern 2Pattern 1
4 IN 1 copy
Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4
AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-3
2. Setting the user programs1) Hold down the [Light] key ( ) until the alarm indicators
( , , , , ) blink.•"- -" appears in the display.
2) Enter the program number with the numeric keys.•See "USER PROGRAMS" for the program numbers.•The selected program number blinks.•To select "Auto clear timer", press the [1] key.
Note: If you enter the wrong number, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) andthen enter the correct number.
3) Press the [START] key ( ).•The selected program number stops blinking and lights steadily.•The currently selected setting code blinks in the 1st digit of thedisplay.
4) Enter the desired setting code by pressing a numeric key.•For the setting codes, see "USER PROGRAMS".•The selected setting code blinks.•To select 90 seconds, press the [5] key.
Note: If you enter the wrong number, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) andreturn to step 2).
5) Press the [START] key ( ).•The selected setting code stops blinking and lights steadily.
Note:To select a setting for another user program, press the [CLEAR]key ( ) and then return o step 2).
6) Press the [Light] key ( ) to complete the settings.•The alarm indicators ( , , , , ) go off and the displayreturns to the number of copies display.
3. Toner cartridge lifeTo find out the approximate quantity of toner remaining, follow theprocedure below.1) Press and hold the light key for more than 5 seconds until all the
alarm indicators ( , , , , and ) blink and "--" appears inthe copy quantity display.
2) Press and hold the copy ratio display key for more than 5 seconds.•The approximate quantity of toner remaining will be indicated as apercent in the copy quantity display. ("100", "75", "50", "25", "10" or"LO" is displayed. When "LO" is displayed, the toner is down to lessthan 10%.)
3) Press the light key.•All the alarm indicators will go out.
Program nameProgram
NoDescription Default Parameters
Use close paper size
30
When this function is enabled, printing in printer mode will automatically continue using a different size of paper if the specified size of paper runs out in all trays. This feature does not function in copy mode.
OFF
0 (OFF)
1 (ON)
Default tray setting
31
Use this program to select a default tray. This tray is automatically selected each time the power is turned on or each time the machine reverts to the initial settings. Tray 1
1 (Tray 1)
2 (Tray 2)
3 (Tray 3)
4 (Tray 4)
5 (Bypass tray)
Default exposure mode
32
Use this program to set "AUTO", "TEXT", or "PHOTO" as the default exposure mode. AUTO
1 (AUTO)
2 (TEEXT)
3 (PHOTO)
USB2.0 mode switch 33 Used to switch USB2.0 mode between Full-Speed and High-Speed. Full-Speed 1(Full-Speed)
2(High-Speed)
1 3 5
RE D END
START
START
AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-1
[9]TROUBLE CODE LIST
1.Trouble code list
2.Details of trouble codes
Main code Sub code
Content
E1 00 IMC PWB communication trouble
10 IMC PWB trouble
11 IMC ASIC error
13 IMC PWB flash ROM error
16 IMC PWB DIMM memory read/write check error
81 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Parity)
82 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Overrun)
84 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Framing)
E7 01 Duplex model memory error
02 LSU trouble
10 Shading trouble (Black correction)
11 Shading trouble (White correction)
12 Shading trouble
16 Abnormal laser output
F2 04 Improper cartridge (destination error, life cycle error)
Identification error
Model error
Type error
Destination error
Data abnormality
Misc error
F5 02 Copy lamp lighting abnormality
H2 00 Thermistor open
H3 00 Heat roller high temperature detection
H4 00 Heat roller low temperature detection
L1 00 Scanner feed trouble
L3 00 Scanner return trouble
L4 01 Main motor lock detection
11 Shifter motor trouble
L6 10 Polygon motor lock detection
L8 01 No full wave signal
U2 04 EEPROM read/write error (serial communication error)
11 Counter check sum error (EEPROM)
12 Adjustment value check sum error (EEPROM)
40 CRUM chip communication error
-- Auditor NOT READY
CH ON None Side door open
CH Blink None Developing cartridge not installed
Main code
Subcode
Details of trouble
E1 00 Content IMC PWB communication trouble
Detail An abnormality occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.
Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness abnormalityMCU PWB connector disconnectionIMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality
Check andremedy
Check connection of the connector and the harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.
10 Content IMC PWB trouble
Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC PWB.
Cause USB chip error/CODEC error on the IMC PWB
Check andremedy
Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.
11 Content IMC ASIC error
Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC PWB.
Cause Abnormality in ASIC on the IMC PWB
Check andremedy
Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.
13 Content IMC PWB flash ROM error
Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC flash ROM.
Cause IMC PWB abnormality
Check andremedy
Replace the IMC PWB with a new one. If downloading of the program is abnormally terminated, it may cause an error. Download the program again to avoid this.
16 Content IMC PWB DIMM memory read/write check error
Detail An installation error occurs in the IMC expansion compression memory module. An error occurs during access to the IMC expansion compression memory.
Cause Improper installation of the IMC expansion memory module. IMC expansion memory module abnormalityIMC expansion memory contact abnormalityIMC PWB abnormality.
Check andremedy
Check installation of the expansion memory module. Replace the expansion memory module. Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.
81 Content Interface error (Parity) in communication with the IMC PWB
Detail A parity error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.
Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality"
Check andremedy
Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.
AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-2
E1 82 Content Interface error (Overrun) in communication with the IMC PWB
Detail An overrun error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.
Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality.
Check andremedy
Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.
84 Content Interface error (Framing) in communication with the IMC PWB
Detail A framing error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.
Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality.
Check andremedy
Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.
E7 01 Content Duplex model memory error
Detail The memory capacity for the duplex model machine is improper. Insufficient memory capacity
Cause The memory capacity of the MCU PWB is improper.
Check andremedy
Use SIM 26-39 to check that the memory capacity is 32MB. If it is not 32MB, replace the MCU PWB with a suitable one.
02 Content LSU trouble
Detail The BD signal from the LSU cannot be detected in a certain cycle. (Always OFF or always ON)
Cause LSU connector or LSU harness defect or disconnectionPolygon motor rotation abnormalityLaser beams are not generated.MCU PWB abnormality.
Check andremedy
Check connection of the LSU connector.Execute SIM 61-03 to check the LSU operations. Check that the polygon motor rotates normally. Check that the laser emitting diode generates laser beams. Replace the LSU unit. Replace the MCU PWB.
10 Content Shading trouble (Black correction)
Detail The CCD black scan level is abnormal when the shading.
Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cableCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality.
Check andremedy
Check connection of the CCD unit flat cable. Check the CCD unit."
Main code
Sub code
Details of trouble
E7 11 Content Shading trouble (White correction)
Detail The CCD white scan level is abnormal when the shading.
Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cableDirt on the mirror, the lens, and the reference white plateCopy lamp lighting abnormalityCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality(When occurred in the SPF scan position.)Improper installation of the mirror unit
Check and remedy
Clean the mirror, lens, and the reference white plate.Check the light quantity and lighting status of the copy lamp (SIM 05-03).Check the MCU PWB.
12 Content Shading trouble
Detail White correction is not completed in the specified number of operations.
Cause CCD unit flat cable connection failure.Dirt on mirrors, lenses, and the reference white plate.Copy lamp lighting abnormalityCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality
Check and remedy
Clean mirrors, lenses, and the reference white plate. Check the copy lamp light quantity (SIM 05-03) and lighting. Check the CCD unit.Check the MCU PWB.
16 Content Abnormal laser output
Detail When the laser output is stopped, HSYNC is detected.
Cause Laser abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality.
Check and remedy
Check the laser emitting diode operation. Replace the MCU PWB. "
F2 04 Content Improper cartridge (Destination error, life cycle error)
Detail The destination of the machine differs from that of the CRUM.The life cycle information is other than "Not used (FFh)."
Cause CRUM chip defectImproper developing unit
Check and remedy
Replace the CRUM chip. Replace the developing unit.
Identification error
The trade mark code of the CRUM differs. The company code of the CRUM differs.
Model error
The boot program model code does not coincide with the CRUM model code.
Type error When the CRUM type is other than genuine/conversion/production rotation.
Destination error
The machine destination differs from the CRUM destination.
Data abnormality
When an error value is included in the initial check information. When the max. toner supply time is 00.When the print hard stop is 00.
Misc error When the Misc information is other than "Not used (FFh)."
Main code
Subcode
Details of trouble
AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-3
F5 02 Content Copy lamp lighting abnormality
Detail The copy lamp does not turn on.
Cause Copy lamp abnormalityCopy lamp harness abnormalityCCD PWB harness abnormality.
Check andremedy
Use SIM 5-3 to check the copy lamp operations.When the copy lamp lights up.Check the harness and the connector between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB. When the copy lamp does not light up.Check the harness and the connector between the copy lamp unit and the MCU PWB. Replace the copy lamp unit. Replace the MCU PWB. "
H2 00 Content Thermistor open
Detail The thermistor is open. The fusing unit is not installed.
Cause Thermistor abnormalityControl PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnectionThe fusing unit is not installed.
Check andremedy
Check the harness and the connector between the thermistor and the PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.
H3 00 Content Heat roller high temperature detection
Detail The fusing temperature exceeds 240C°.
Cause Thermistor abnormalityControl PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnection.
Check andremedy
Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation. When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness. Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB. When the lamp keeps ON.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.
Main code
Sub code
Details of trouble
H4 00 Content Heat roller low temperature detection
Detail When the fusing temperature is lower than 150C° after 55sec from the start of warming up. When the warming up complete temperature is not reached in 30sec from reaching 150C°.When the fusing temperature is lower than 100C° after 20sec from ready start. When the fusing temperature is lower than 145C° when printing."
Cause Thermistor abnormalityHeater lamp abnormalityThermostat abnormalityControl PWB abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation. When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness. Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB. When the lamp does not light up.Check for disconnection of the heater lamp and the thermostat. Check the interlock switch.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.
L1 00 Content Scanner feed trouble
Detail The scanner does not complete feeding in the specified time.
Cause Mirror unit abnormalityThe scanner wire is disconnected. The origin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations. When the mirror does not feed.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB. Replace the mirror unit. Replace the MCU PWB. When the mirror does feed. Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor."
L3 00 Content Scanner return trouble
Detail The scanner does not complete returning in the specified time. The mirror is not in the home position when OC copying is started with the mirror standby in the home position.
Cause Mirror unit abnormalityScanner wire disconnectionOrigin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations. When the mirror does not return.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB. Replace the mirror unit. Replace the MCU PWB. When the mirror does feed. Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor.
Main code
Subcode
Details of trouble
AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-4
L4 01 Content Main motor lock detection
Detail The main motor does not rotate. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec or more after rotation of the main motor. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec during rotation of the main motor.
Cause Main motor unit abnormalityImproper connection or disconnection the main motor and the harness. MCU PWB abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 25-01 to check the main motor operations. Check connection of the main motor harness/connector.Replace the main motor. Replace the MCU PWB.
11 Content Shifter motor trouble
Detail The shifter home position detection signal is not detected when initializing the shifter.
Cause Shifter motor abnormality, improper connection or disconnection of the harness, shifter home position sensor abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 03-11 to check the shifter motor operations. Check connection of the harness/connector of the shifter motor. Replace the shifter motor. Replace the MCU PWB.
L6 10 Content Polygon motor lock detection
Detail The polygon motor does not rotate. The motor lock signal is detected for 6sec after rotation of the polygon motor. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec during rotation of the polygon motor.
Cause Polygon motor unit abnormalityImproper connection or disconnection of the polygon motor and the harness. MCU PWB abnormality
Check andremedy
Use SIM 61-1 to check the polygon motor operations. Check connection of the polygon motor harness/connector. Replace the polygon motor.. Replace the MCU PWB.
L8 01 Content No full wave signal
Detail The zero cross signal is not detected.
Cause Power unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality
Check andremedy
Check connection of the harness and connectors. Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the power unit.
U2 04 Content EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication error)
Detail EEPROM access process error
Cause EEPROM abnormality
Check andremedy
Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.
Main code
Sub code
Details of trouble
U2 11 Content Counter check sum error (EEPROM)
Detail Check sum error of the counter area in the EEPROM
Cause EEPROM abnormality
Check and remedy
Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.
12 Content Adjustment value check sum error (EEPROM)
Detail Check sum error of the adjustment value area in the EEPROM
Cause EEPROM abnormality
Check and remedy
Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.
40 Content CRUM chip communication error
Detail An error occurs during communication between the MCU and the CRUM chip.
Cause CRUM chip abnormalityDeveloping unit disconnectionMCU PWB abnormality
Check and remedy
Replace the chip. Check installation of the developing unit. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.
-- Content Auditor NOT READY
Detail
Cause
Check and remedy
CHON
None Content Side door open
Detail The side door is open.
Cause Side door sensor abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality
Check and remedy
Check that all the side doors are closed. Replace the MCU PWB.
CHBlink
None Content Developing cartridge not installed
Detail The developing cartridge is not installed. Communication with the CRUM cannot be made in initial check of the CRUM.
Cause Developing unit disconnection MCU PWB abnormalityCRUM chip abnormality
Check and remedy
Check installation of the developing unit. Replace the MCU PWB.
Main code
Subcode
Details of trouble
AR-M205 MAINTENANCE 10-1
[10] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance tableX:Check(Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) O:Clean :Replace :Adjust :Lubricate
*1:Recommendable replacement time:50K(Letter,5%print)
Unit name Part name When calling 50K 100K 150K
Drum peripheral OPC drum -
Cleaning blade -
Side seal F/R X X X X
MC unit X
(MC charging electrode) - ( ) ( ) ( )
(MC grid) - ( ) ( ) ( )
(MC case) - ( ) ( ) ( )
Transfer wire O O O O
Transfer paper guide O O O O
MC guide sheet (Cleaning blade attached) -
Drum fixing plate B X
Process frame unit X X X
Discharge holder O O O O
Separation pawl Star ring x 2 pcs
X
Developing section Developer -
DV seal - X X
DV under seal - - -
DV side seal - X X
Side Mylar - - -
Optical section Lamp unit Reflector O O O O
Mirror O O O O
No.2/3 mirror unit Mirror O O O O
Pulley X X X X
CCD peripheral Lens O O O O
Glass Table glass O O O O
White Plate O O O O
Other Drive wire X X X X
Rail X X X X
Document cover O O O O
Document size sensor O O O O
LSU Dust-proof glass O O O O
Paper feed section Multi paper feed section Take-up roller(manual / SPF) O O O O
Paper feed roller O O O O
Spring clutch O O O O
Paper transport section PS roller O O O O
Transport (paper exit) rollers O O O O
Spring clutch O O O O
Fusing section Upper heat roller O O O
Pressure roller O O O O
Pressure roller bearing X X X O
Upper separation pawl X X X O
Lower separation pawl X X X O
Drive section Gears X X X X
Belts X X X O
Paper exit section Ozone filter*1 X X X X*1
Only for Viet Nam
AR-M205 MAINTENANCE 10-2
2. Maintenance display system
*1: Installation of a new toner cartridge allows to display the remainingquantity.
3. Note for replacement of consumable partsA. Toner cartridge
When a waste toner cartridge is removed from the machine, it must beput in a polyethylene bag to avoid scattering of toner.
B. DV cartridge
Do not shake or put up the developer cartridge. Otherwise developermay scatter.
C. DV seal attachment procedure
1) When attaching the DV side Mylar, check the position shown in thefigure below and attach it properly.
2) When attaching the DV side sheet, check the position shown in thefigure below and attach it properly. (First of all, attach the DV side Mylar.)
* Be sure to attach the DV side sheet so that the notch is on theoutside.
Toner Life, 16K
Remaining quantity check *1
a. Press and hold the density adjustment LIGHT key for more than 5 sec, and the machine will enter the user program mode.
b. Press and hold the "%" key for more than 5 sec, and the remaining quantity will be displayed on the copy quantity display in one of the following levels: (Remaining quantity display levels: 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 10%, LO)
c. Press the density adjustment LIGHT key to cancel.
Remaining quantity
NEAR EMPTYAbout 10%
EMPTY
LED ON Flash
Machine Operation allowed Stop
Developer Life 50K
LED ON at 50K of the developer count
Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 50K.)* Default: Not Stop* Clear: SIM 42-1
Maintenance LED Selection is available among 50K, 25K, 10K, 7.5K, 5K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.* Default: 50K* Clear: SIM 20-1
Machine Not stop
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-1
[11]DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
WARNING Before performing the disassembly procedure, be sure toremove the power cord to prevent against an electric shock.
1. High voltage section/Duplex transport section
A.Transfer charger unit
B.Charger wire
Installation: The spring tip must be between two reference ribs.•The charger wire must be free from twist or bending.•Be sure to put the charger wire in the V groove.
C.Duplex transport section
No. Item
1 High voltage section/Duplex transport section
2 Optical section
3 Fusing section
4 Paper exit section
5 MCU
6 Optical frame unit
7 LSU
8 Tray paper feed section/Paper transport section
9 Manual multi paper feed section
10 Power section
11 Developing section
12 Process section
13 Others
No. Content
A Transfer charger unit
B Charger wire
C Duplex transport section
(3)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)(3)
(3)
(3)
(5)
(4)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)(3)
(3)
(4)(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-2
2.Optical sectionNote: When disassembling or assembling the optical unit, be careful not
to touch the mirror and the reflector.
A.Table glass
B.Copy lamp unit
Disassembly: Be sure to put No. 2/3 mirror unit to the positioning plate(A).
Assembly: Put the notched surface of wire holder (3) downward,tighten temporarily, and install.
Adjustment: Main scanning direction distortion balance adjustment
C.Inverter PWB for copy lamp
D.Copy lamp
No. Content
A Table glass
B Copy lamp unit
C Inverter PWB for copy lamp
D Copy lamp
E Lens unit
F Wire
(1)
(1)
(2)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(4)(4)
(1)
(A)
(A)(2)
(3)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-3
E.Lens unit
Note:Do not remove screws which are not indicated in the figure. If theheight of the base plate is changed, it cannot be adjusted in themarket.
Note:The CCD/lens unit is factory-adjusted before shipping. Since these adjustments cannot be performed in the market.Never touch the screws other than screw 2) of the CCD/lens unit.
Lens unit attachment
<1>Attach the lens unit so that the lens unit number on thelens adjustment plate is aligned with the scribe line on thebase plate.
<2>Make a sample copy at the above position, and measure the magnification ratio.
<3>Change the installing position in the horizontal direction to adjust the magnification ratio.
•When the copy image is longer than the original, shift to the positive (+) direction.
•When the copy image is shorter than the original, shift to the negative (-) direction.
* 1 scale of the scribed line corresponds to 0.34% of magnification ratio.
* If this adjustment is not satisfactory, make a fine adjustment with SIM 48-2.
F.Wire
CCD adjustment value
+4 scales 5.0~
+3 scales 3.6~4.9
+2 scales 2.2~3.5
+1 scale 0.8~2.1
Reference -0.6~0.7
-1 scale -2.0~ -0.7
-2 scales -3.4~ -2.1
-3 scales -4.8~ -3.5
-4 scales ~ -4.9
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(4)
Reference line (0)
(+) direction
( ) direction
One division: 1.4mm
Lens unit number
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-4
3.Fusing section
A.Fusing unit removal
B.Thermostat
C.Thermistor
Installation: When installing the thermistor, be sure to face the installingprojection (A) toward the installing surface.Check that the thermistor is in contact with the upper heatroller.
D.Heater lamp
Assembly: Insert the spring (A) into the hole (B) in the fusing frame.
Assembly: Put the paper guide earth spring (A) under the paper guide(B) before fusing.
No. Contents
A Fusing unit
B Thermostat
C Thermistor
D Heater lamp
E Upper heat roller
F Separation pawl
G Lower heat roller
H Separation pawl
(3)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)(2)
(3)(2)
(1)
(2)
(A)
(A)(B)
(2)
(1) (2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(B)
(A)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-5
Assembly: Put the fusing harness (A) on the heater lamp (B) as shownin the figure and fix them together.<R>Place the fusingharness inside the rib (C).
E.Upper heat roller
Disassembly: There are three pawls on the fusing cover. Remove thescrews and slide the fusing cover to the right to remove.The heater lamp is fixed on the fusing cover with ascrew. Slide the fusing cover to the front and remove thescrew, then remove the heater lamp.
F.Separation pawl
(A)
(B)
(C)
(1)
(3)(4)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(3)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
Grease(JFE552)Floil(GU2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(1)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-6
G.Lower heat roller
Assembly: When installing the paper guide (3) before fusing, fix thepaper guide fixing plate with screws temporarily so that thepaper guide fixing plate (2) is in contact with the framebottom under fusing (A). Set the paper guide (3) beforefusing to the bottom line of the positioning reference (B),and tighten the screw firmly.
H.Separation pawl
4.Paper exit section
A.Ozone filter
B.Cooling fan
(1)(1)
(3)
(2)
(2) (A)
(4)
(B) (B)
Grease(JFE552)
No. Content
A Ozone filter
B Cooling fan
C Paper exit unit
D Paper exit sensor / duplex sensor
E Transport roller
F Paper exit roller
G Paper exit interface P.W.B.
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)(2)
(1)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-7
C.Paper exit unit D.Paper exit sensor / duplex sensor
(A)Exit sensor
(B)Duplex sensor
E.Transport roller
(2)
(4)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)(3)
(1)
(2)(3)
(3)
(1)
(3)
(2)
(5)
(5)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(6)
(A)
(B)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(3)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-8
F.Paper exit roller
Assembly: Insert the spring pin so that the waveform (A) of the springpin faces in the longitudinal direction of the paper exitdrive gear long hole (B).<R>Be sure to insert two ribs (C)into the groove (D).
G.Paper exit interface P.W.B.
5.MCU
A.MCU disassembly
Note:When replacing the MCU PWB, be sure to replace the EEPROM ofthe MCU PWB to be replaced.
Note:When replacing the MCU PWB, be sure to restore the originaljumper conditions.
6.Optical frame unit
A.Optical frame unit
Installation: Install the optical unit in the sequence shown above.
(1)
(1)
(2)
(A) (B)
(D)
(C)
(C)
(1)
(1)(2)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
No. Content
A MCU disassembly
No. Content
A Optical frame unit
(1)(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)(3) (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-9
7.LSU
A.LSU unit
Note:Do not disassemble the LSU.Note:When replacing the LSU, be careful not to touch the dust-shield
glass.
Adjustment:•Image lead edge position adjustment•Image left edge position adjustment•Paper off-center adjustment
•Size of the screwdriver for removing the LSU
8. Tray paper feed section/Paper transport section
A.Intermittent frame unit
Assembly: Do not miss the door lock pawl.
No. Content
A LSU unit
(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(4)
(2)
(1)
(2)(1)
50mm
120mm
No. Content
A Interface frame unit
B Drive unit
C Solenoid (paper feed solenoid,, resist roller solenoid)
D Resist roller clutch / Resist roller
E Paper feed clutch/Paper feed roller (Semi-circular roller)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-10
B.Drive unit
Assembly: Move down the clutch pawl as shown below, and avoid theclutch and install.
C. Solenoid (paper feed solenoid, resist roller solenoid)
D. Resist roller clutch/Resist roller
E. Paper feed clutch/Paper feed roller(Semi-circular roller)
(1)(2)
Grease G-484
Moricote X56020
(1)(2)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(3)(3) (4)
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-11
9.Manual multi paper feed section
A.Manual transport roller/Manual paper feed roller
Note:Push the lever at the right edge of the multi frame cover to the rightupper side and remove it.
Installation: Be careful of the installing direction of the manual transportroller (6)
B. Manual multi paper feed
C. Manual feed solenoid
No. Content
A Manual transport roller/Manual paper feed roller
B Manual multi paper feed
C Manual feed solenoid
D Manual transport clutch
E Pressure plate unit
F Manual paper feed clutch
A
A
A
(3) (4)
(5)
(2)(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(1)
(6)
(7)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
A
A
A
(5)
(A)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(B)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-12
D. Manual transport clutch
E.Pressure plate unit
F. Manual paper feed clutch
Note: Push the lever at the right edge of the multi frame cover to theright upper side and remove it.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(1)
(2)
(2)(3)
(2)
(1)
(3)
(1)(1)(2)
AA
A
(2)(2)
(3)(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-13
10.Power section
A.Power unit
B. Power fan
C. High voltage P.W.B.
D. Power P.W.B.
E. Power switch
No. Content
A Power unit
B Power fan
C High voltage P.W.B.
D Power P.W.B.
E Power switch
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)(2)(3)
(1)(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)(2)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-14
11.Developing section
A.Developing box
B.Developing doctor
Adjustment: Developing doctor gap adjustment
C.MG roller
Adjustment: MG roller main pole position adjustment
Note:Attach it to fit with the attachment reference when replacing the DVblade.
No. Contents
A Developing box
B Developing doctor
C MG roller
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-15
12.Process section
A.Drum unit
B. Main charger unit
C.Cleaning blade
13.Others
A. Operation P.W.B.
No. Contents
A Drum unit
B Main charger unit
C Cleaning blade
(1)
(2)
LO CK
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
No. Contents
A Operation P.W.B.
B Tray interface P.W.B.
C 2nd tray paper entry sensor / Paper empty sensor
D 2nd tray paper feed solenoid / Transport solenoid
E 2nd tray transport clutch
F 2nd tray transport roller
G 2nd tray paper feed clutch
H 2nd tray paper feed roller
I Main motor
J I/F P.W.B.
K Paper entry sensor
L Paper empty sensor
M Paper feed roller
(1)
(1)(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(5)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-16
B. Tray interface P.W.B.
C. 2nd tray paper entry sensor / Paper empty sensor
D. 2nd tray paper feed solenoid / Transport solenoid
E.2nd tray transport clutch
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(1)
(2) (3)
(5)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-17
F. 2nd tray transport roller
G. 2nd tray paper feed clutch
H. 2nd tray paper feed roller
I. Main motor
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
A B
(3)
A
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)(3)
AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-18
J. I/F P.W.B.
K. Paper entry sensor
L. Paper empty sensor
M. Paper feed roller
* When removing the paper feed roller, operate the paper feed clutchwith SIM 6-1, and keep the paper feed roller down as shown in thefigure above for operation.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)(3)
(1)
(1)
(2)(3)
(1)
(2)
AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-1
[12]FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE
1.PreparationWrite the download data (the file with the extension dwl) to the main bodyof AR-M205/M160.
Necessary files for download
• Maintenance.exe (Maintenance software) • ProcPegasus.mdl• ProcPegasus.ini• ProcPegasus.fmt• Pegasus.inf• Usbscan.sys• Download file:***.dwl
<Note>•The Download file(***.dwl ) and the like that are to be downloadedshould be copied, in advance, into folders that have a maintenanceprogram.
•When creating a folder for a maintenance tool in the PC, be sure that nolengthy folder name is included in the path.
(Example)Incorrect c:\Maintenance Download ToolCorrect c:\Maintenance\Downtool
2.Download procedure1) Main body side:
Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )
2) Connect the PC and the main body with the download cable (USB cable).(Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)
3) PC side:Boot the maintenance program. Select the model icon.
<Sample display>
4) PC side: Confirm that the "Simulation Command List" tree is displayed on themaintenance program.
5) PC side:When the message "the main body has not got started running" isdisplayed on the lowest area of the figure below after the"maintenance program" is started up, select the "File" and then"Reconnect" in the menu bar.
6) PC side:Confirm a tree is displayed under the "Special (MCU/IMC2/FAX)" onthe maintenance program". (If no tree is displayed, confirm that theUSB is connected and select the "Reconnect" (the above 5) again.)
AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-2
7) PC side: Double click "Special (MCU/MCU2/FAX)" in the main tree item todevelop the sub tree items, and double click "DWL Download" in thesub tree items.
8) PC side:Specify the download file (*.dwl).
9) PC side: The download file is specified, download is automatically performed.The "Automatic paper selection" lamp and "Start" lamp will blinkapproximately 15 seconds after the download file is specified.
10) PC side:When the message below is displayed, download is completed.Completion message: DOWNLOAD COMPLETED
NOTE (Important):•Be sure that the power is not turned off and the USB cable is notremoved until the word "OFF" appears.
11) Main body side: Wait until the word "OFF" appears on the operation panel. The appearance of "OFF" indicates the completion of the download(writing into ROM). Turn the power off.
12) After-process: Terminate the maintenance program, and turn on thepower of the main body.
After the download (data transmission) has been completed, exit thesoftware program. The USB cable can be removed at this point.
NOTE:•For making a second connection with another machine, select the "File"and "Reconnect" in the menu bar on the maintenance program at thetime of the USB being re-connected. Repeat the previous proceduresfrom the above 5).
* Forbidden actions while downloading (Important)
Failure in the download concerned may not allow you to conduct thesubsequent download procedures. Added care should be taken to avoidhaving the situation below arise while downloading.•Switching off the main body of AR-M205/M160.•Disconnecting the download cable (USB cable).
* If the above inhibit item occurs during downloading:
Turn OFF and ON the power. 1) If "d" (which means downloading) is displayed on the operation
panel LED of the machine, perform downloading again. 2) If "d" (which means downloading) is not displayed on the operation
panel LED of the machine, turn OFF the power, and press and holdthe ZOOM(%) key and the AUDIT CLEAR key and turn ON thepower. If, then, "d" (which means downloading) is displayed on theoperation panel LED of the machine, perform downloading again. If "d" is still not displayed, the MCU must be replaced.
3. Installation procedureA. USB joint maintenance program installation
The driver is installed by plug and play.
B. Installation procedure on Windows XP
1) Machine side:Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )
2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable. (Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)
AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-3
3) Check that the following display is shown. Select "Install from a list or the specific location" and press the NEXTbutton.
4) Select "Include this location in the serch". If the retrieval area doesnot include the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), select "Browse"If the folder path is properly shown, press the NEXT button to go toprocedure 7).
5) Select the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), and press the OK button. (When the driver is included in the "C:\Pegasus" folder:)
6) Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance tooldriver (Pegasus.inf) is shown, and press the NEXT button.
7)) Check that the following display is shown. Press the Continue Anywaybutton.
8) When installation is completed, the following display is shown.Press the Finish button.
The installation procedure (on Windows XP) is completed with the aboveoperation.
C. Installation procedure on Windows 2000
1) Machine side:Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )
2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable.(Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)
AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-4
3) Check that the new hardware search wizard is shown. Press theNEXT button.
4) Select "Serch for a suitable driver for my device" and press the NEXTbutton.
5) Select "Specify a location" and press the NEXT button.
6) Press the "Browse" button. Specify the folder which includes themaintenance tool driver (Pegasus.inf)
7) Specify the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), and press the OPEN button.Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance tooldriver (Pegasus.inf) is properly displayed, and press the OK button. (When the maintenance tool driver is included in the folder of"D:\Pegasus")
8) Press the NEXT button, and installation is started.
10) When installation is completed, the following display is shown. Press the Finish button.
The installation procedure of the joint maintenance program on Windows2000 is completed with the above operation.
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-1
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1.Block diagramS
cann
er U
nit
CC
D P
WB
12V
12V
Reg
A5V
3.
3V
B/W
R G8b
its(M
SB
/LS
B)
B
5V
AD
CC
LK,S
YN
CH
,B
SA
MP
,VS
AM
PS
DI,S
CLK
,LO
AD
,OB
EM
OD
E LVT
TL
MC
U-P
WB
3.3V
IEE
E 1
284
I/F
US
B I/
FU
AR
T
Prin
ter
CLK
(20.
3094
MH
z)3.
3VR
ICD
ownl
oad
Sca
nner
CLK
(48M
Hz)
A[1
9:1]
D[1
5:0] 2M
b(1M
b*2)
8Mbi
t
I2C
Bus
Shi
fter M
OT
OR
8Kby
te
Oth
er L
oads
MP
FS
,RR
S,
SG
S,S
RR
C,S
PU
S,S
PP
S,
Ton
er M
otor
Mai
n M
otor
Mirr
or M
otor
VF
MC
NT
,VF
M,M
PF
S,C
PF
S2,
CP
FS
1
Oth
er In
puts
CP
U IN
TE
RR
UP
TS
PP
DC
PU
I/O RT
H D
RS
T
I/F P
WB
Zeb
ra2
AS
IC
(296
pin)
C
PU
H8S
/232
0 (
19.6
608M
Hz)
I E E E 1 2 8 4 U S B 1 . 1
L
SU
Pol
ygon
Mot
or
(Le
opar
d)
EE
PR
OM
SD
RA
MS
ilM 1
6Mby
teD
up 3
2Mby
te
Res
et IC
S
RA
M
Driv
er
F
lash
RO
M
AF
E(A
D98
26 o
r A
D98
22)
C
D
S
A G C
M
P
X
AD
16bi
ts
C
CD
Driv
er
CC
FL
Lam
p In
vert
er
HO
ME
PO
SIT
ION
SE
NS
OR
CC
D(T
CD
2704
)
CR
UM
CP
U C
LK(1
9.66
08M
Hz)
Sof
twar
e R
eset
SS
CG
SF
MT
0/1/
2/3
PMD
Driv
er
MM_AI0/AI1/PH_AMM_BI0/BI1/PH_B
OPU
PW
B
LC
7935
AN
7seg
LE
D
LED
5V
HC
151
KE
Y
5V
LVC
1284
PD
IUS
BP
11A
D
ST
AR
T K
EY
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
/PO
FF
,HL,
PR
FW
3.3V
,5V
EN
,5V
,24V
HVU
TC
,GR
ID,M
C,
BIA
S
CO
IN V
END
OR
/AU
DIT
OR
/CV
_CO
PY
/CV
_CO
UN
T,/C
V_S
TA
RT
,/CV
_CA
,/C
V_D
PX
,/CV
_SIZ
E0,
1,2,
3
PM
CLK
(207
8.74
(Hz)
)
PS
W
KIN
1S
ELI
N1,
2,3
OP
-CLK
OP
-LA
TC
HO
P-D
AT
AO
P-B
EO
LED
PS
L,O
NL
MH
PS
SHIF
TER
Driv
er
Sen
sor
SF
TH
P
/VID
EO
S/H
AP
CS
TT
/SY
NC
SP
MT
0/1/
2/3
RS
PF
Driv
erS
PF
CLH
,SP
FG
SO
LS
PF
PS
OL,
SP
FR
SO
L Sen
sor
Driv
er
Sel
ecto
rL1
,2W
0,1,
2,3
/SP
FC
OV
ER
,PA
PE
R,
SP
FO
PE
N,/S
PF
OU
T
SP
FM
OT
OR
TM+,TM-
/MMRDY
/MMD
PW
M
12V
,5V
,3.3
V
0 -
24V
HC
151
DC
-DC CLO
N
DU
PLE
X
Driv
er
ER
DH
PW
B O
A98
2
DIM
M S
OC
KE
T
SD
RA
M
Fla
sh R
OM
2nd
CA
SS
ET
TE
Fee
d S
OL
, Pic
k up
SO
LC
AS
SE
TT
E D
ET
EC
TIO
N,
PA
PE
R D
ET
EC
TIO
N,
PA
PE
R P
AS
S D
ET
EC
TIO
N,
DO
OR
DE
TE
CT
ION
/MMRDY
SE
LIN
1,2,
3Y
1P
SO
LF
SO
L
8 8
SC
AN
1-6
LCX
1637
4
NE
T22
70or
ISP
1581
USB2.0High-speed
AD
RS
Latc
h
P-B
us
UA
RT
JTA
G
IMA
GE
BU
S(P
I-B
us)
IMA
GE
BU
S(P
O-B
us)
PO
WE
RF
AN
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-2
2.Circuit descriptionsA. Main PWB (MCU)
(1) Operation circuit
a. General
The operation circuit is composed of the key matrix circuit and the dis-play matrix circuit.b. Key matrix circuit
Select signals SELIN 1 - 3 are sent from the CPU of the MCU to theselector in the operation circuit.The signals detecting OFF/ON of the key are sent to the CPU as KIN 1 -2.c. Display circuit
The display is controlled by sending the data signal from the CPU of theMCU, the clock signals, and the latch signals from the ASIC to the LEDdriver in the operation circuit.
(2) I/F circuit
a. General
The I/F circuit is composed of the USB driver and the IEEE1284 driver,and performs hard interface with the ASIC (MCU PWB).b. USB circuit
With the USB driver, the differential signals (analog) of USB areconverted into digital signal, which are sent to the ASIC. In the reverseprocedure, interface between the ASIC (engine) and the host is per-formed.
c. IEEE1284 circuit
The IEEE1284 driver is used to perform interface between the ASIC(engine) and the host.
(3) Carriage unit
a. General
The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB, andthe lamps. It scans documents and transfers AD-converted image data tothe ASIC.b. CCD PWB
The CCD on the CCD PWB employs the color image sensor uPD8861 of5400 pixels x 3 lines, and scans documents in the main scanningdirection in the resolution of 600dpi/US letter size.Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to the AFE (AD9826), andsubject to CDS, amplification, and AD-conversion. Then digital data areoutputted to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC, which performs imageprocess of the digital data.c. Lamp inverter PWB
The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCUPWB. The transformer output controls lighting of the cool cathode raytube.
USB driverIC401
USBconnector
D -
D+
OE, RCV, VP, VMSuspend, VMOVPO
ASIC
Centronics
connector
IEEE1284
driver
IC403
ASIC
B. DC power circuit
The DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performs switching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifies and smoothesagain to generate a DC voltage.The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V are of the non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shown in fig (1), +24V, and+5V are provided with the ON/OFF function by external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC. Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).
fig (1) Block diagram
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-3
(1) Noise filter circuit
The filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noises andnormal mode noises generated from the AC line.The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Its noisecomponent is delivered through C001, C003, and C007 to GND.The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the output line.It is attenuated by C002, L001, C006, and L002. Refer to fig (2).
fig (2) Noise filter circuit
(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/smoothing circuit
fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit
fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit Since the ACpower is directly rectified, if there were not this rush current preventionresistor (TH001), an extremely large rush current would flow due to acharging current flowing through the smoothing capacitor C010 whenturning on the power.To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 isprovided between the rectifying diode D002 and the smoothing diodeC010, suppressing a rush current.The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 50/60Hz AC voltage with therectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C010.
(3) Inverter and control circuit (Flyback converter system)
fig (4) Inverter and control circuit
This circuit is one-stone separate excitation DC-DC converter calledflyback converter, as shown in fig (4).When an electromotive voltage of IC is applied through D012, R005, andR006 to IC002, IC002 oscillates to conduct Q001.As a result, a voltage is applied to the primary winding of the convertertransformer (T001) and at the same time a voltage is generated in thedriving winding of IC002 to operate IC002. Then IC002 turns ON/OFFQ001 at the frequency of about 70KHz determined by R016.Under the ON state, the voltage in the secondary winding is reversed tothe diode D103 and no current flows through the secondary winding ofT001.Under the OFF state, the current flowing through the primary winding isin the same direction as the primary winding, conducting D103 andtransmitting energy to the secondary winding. Refer to fig (4).
fig (5) Operation waveform of the flyback converter
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-4
The control circuit is subject to negative feedback from the secondaryside as shown in fig (4). A photo coupler (PC002) is employed to insulatebetween the primary side and the secondary side to feed back thecontrol signal to the primary side.When the output voltage is increased by energy transmission from T001,the voltage detected by R109 and R111 is compared with the referencevoltage of IC102. When it exceeds the reference voltage, the currentflowing through IC102 (that is, the photo diode current of PC002) isincreased and transmitted to the primary side. Then the potential at thefeedback pin (2 pin) of IC102 is decreased to control Q001. Therefore,the change in the output voltage on the secondary side is passedthrough IC102 and PC002 to control Q001, stabilizing the output voltage.
(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)
The inverter circuit of the primary side is connected with the currentdetection resistor R012. When an overcurrent occurs in the secondaryside, the current flowing through the primary side inverter Q001 isincreased. The current is detected by R012, and passed through R013 toIC002 overcurrent restricting pin (3 pin) to turn OFF Q002, shutting off allpower. To resupply the power, turn off and on the power. Refer to fig (4).
(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)
fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit
The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit is decreasedby the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequency diode D103,and smoothed by C103 and C104.
fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-5
3.Actual wiring diagramACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1/7
B0
3P
-VL
(WH
ITE
)
B4
B-P
H-K
-BL
(BLA
CK
)
SP
F G
RO
UN
D W
IRE
OR
IGIN
AL
TR
AY
HA
RN
ES
SS
EN
SO
R H
AR
NE
SS
04
FE
-BT
-VK
-N(W
HIT
E)
B3
B-P
H-K
-R(R
ED
)
Mir
ror
HP
SE
NS
OR
OP
TIC
AL
BA
SE
PLA
TE
CC
D P
WB
Mir
ror
MO
TO
R
CO
PY
LA
MP
TH
ER
MIS
TE
R
Sid
e C
ove
r S
W
MA
INM
OT
OR
TO
NE
RM
OT
OR
DE
V U
N
PO
WE
R P
WB
MC
U-P
WB
DE
HU
MID
IFIE
RH
EA
TE
R P
WB
HA
ND
PA
PE
R P
ICK
UP
SO
LE
NO
ID
HA
ND
PA
PE
R E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
TC
CA
SE
TT
E E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
PS
SO
L
GP
1S
58
(C)
GP
1S
58
(O)
2n
d C
AS
ET
TE
(O)
Nor
mal
Ope
n :
Low
(C
) N
orm
al C
lose
:H
igh
CA
SS
ET
TE
DE
HU
MID
IFIE
RH
ED
AT
ER
MIR
RO
RD
EH
UM
IDIF
IER
HE
AT
ER
Op
tion
GR
IDM
C
MC
FB
BC
Op
tion
HV
U Bia
s
SP
F U
NU
SB
1.1
IEE
E12
84
Op
tion
PA
PE
R I
NS
EN
SO
R
PIC
K U
P S
OL
FU
SE
R
AC
Co
rd
AC
SW
DE
HU
MID
IFIE
R H
EA
TE
R S
W
HE
AT
ER
LA
MP
RE
AC
TO
L
23
0V
O
NL
Y
PO
LY
GO
NM
OT
OR
LSU
AP
C-P
WB
BD
-PW
B
CO
OL
ING
FU
N
I/F
FFC
FFC
FF
C
FFC
FF
C
FF
C
Fro
nt
Co
ver
SW
SR
U
DU
P M
OT
OR
CA
SE
TT
E S
WIT
CH
SE
NS
OR
E-S
OR
T
FF
C
B3B-PH-K-S(WHITE)
B3
B-P
H-K
-R(R
ED
)S
UB
-D 2
5
FE
4-3
2-S
15
05
(BLA
CK
)
B4
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
08
FE
-BT
-VK
-N(W
HIT
E)
B2
P-V
H(W
HIT
E)
B1
3B
-PH
-K-S
(WH
ITE
) B3
P-V
H(W
HIT
E)
B3
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
B2
0B
-PH
DS
S-B
(WH
ITE
)
B3
B-P
H-K
-BK
(BLA
CK
)
B4
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
B2
B-X
H-A
-S(W
HIT
E)
B2
B-X
H-A
-BK
(BLA
CK
)
B2
B-X
H-A
-R(R
ED
)B
4B
-PH
-K-R
(RE
D)
B1
2B
-PH
DS
S-B
(WH
ITE
)
B2
6B
-PH
DS
S-B
(WH
ITE
)
35
FE
-BT
-VK
-N(W
HIT
E)
22FE-BT-VK-Nx2
(WHITE)
22FE-BT-VK-NX2
(WHITE)
13FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)
B7B-PH-K-S(RED)
B18B-PHDSS-B(WHITE)
B4
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
3P
TE
RM
INA
L2
30
V
ON
LY
B4
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
B3
B-P
H-K
-R(R
ED
)
B2
B-P
H-K
(WH
ITE
)
B0
2-X
L-H
DB
(WH
ITE
)
35FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)
DR
UM
IN
ISA
L S
W
B3B-PH-K-BK(BLACK)
B5B-PH-K-S(WHITE)
US
B2.
0
B3
B-P
H-K
-S(W
HIT
E)
SH
IFT
ER
MO
TO
RG
P1
A7
1A
1(O
)S
HIF
TE
R H
PS
EN
SO
R
CO
OL
ING
FU
N
CO
OL
ING
FU
N
13FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)
MO
DE
L W
/O S
HIF
TE
R
MO
DE
L W
ITH
SH
IFT
ER
B3B-PH-K-SX2
(WHITE)
CO
OL
ING
FU
N
CO
OL
ING
FU
N
CO
PY
OP
PW
B
OP
ER
ET
ION
PA
NE
L
IMSA-9610S-24C
(BLACK)
AUDITOR
CO
IN V
EN
DE
R
Op
tion
Op
tion
1-171825-2B6B-PH-K-S
(WHITE)
PA
PE
R O
UT
SE
NS
OR
DU
PS
EN
SO
R
Option
24FMN-BTRK-A(BLACK)
3
*
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-6
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2/7M
CU
PW
B
MA
IN M
OT
OR
PW
B
LS
U U
NIT
CN
2(B
12B
-PH
DS
S-S
)1 2 63 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12
/PM
CLK
_A
GN
D G
ND
AP
CS
TT
SH
OLD
/VID
EO
/SY
NC
SW
5V
24V
P-G
ND
/PM
D/P
MR
DY
BU
12P
-TR
-P-H
PM
PW
B
PL
PK
BR
GY
RD
1 2 3 4
/PM
CLK
P-G
ND
/PM
D/P
MR
DY
524
V
1776
22-5
AP
C
4 5 96/S
YN
C/V
IDE
O
GN
D
+5V
7/S
AM
P8 10 3 2
SE
LEC
T
/SY
NC
+5V
AP
CS
TT
1G
ND
OR
LB GY
OR
LB PL
BR
PK
GY
LB
B10
B-P
H-K
-S
3 2 1
GN
D
+5V
/SY
NC
OR
LBGY
BP
CB
3B-P
H-K
-S
OR
LB PL
BR
PK
GY
LB PL
PK
BR
GY
RD
OR
LB PL
BR
PK
GY
LB PL
PK
BR
GY
RD
OR
LB PL
BR
PK
GY
LB PL
PK
BR
GY
RD
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
<L
SU
HA
RN
ES
S>
(FF
C)
08F
E-B
T-V
K-N
CN
24(0
8FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
<M
AIN
MO
TO
R H
AR
NE
SS
>
1 2T
MA
_OT
MB
_O
CN
30(B
2P-V
H)
TO
NE
R M
OT
OR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
/PM
CLK
_A
GN
D G
ND
AP
CS
TT
SH
OLD
/VID
EO
/SY
NC
INT
5V
24V
P-G
ND
/PM
D/P
MR
DY
PS
SO
L
PIC
K U
P S
OL
RD
B3B
-PH
-K-S
PL
OR
HA
ND
PA
PE
R E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
PW
B
<H
AN
D E
NP
TY
SE
NS
OR
HA
RN
ES
S>
CN
17(B
4B-P
H-K
-S)
1 2 3
P-G
ND
/MM
RD
Y/M
MD
4 5 6
P-G
ND
P-G
ND
7 8S
W24
V
GN
D
SW
24V
8 7 6
P-G
ND
/MM
RD
Y/M
MD
5 4 3
P-G
ND
P-G
ND
2 1S
W24
V
N.C
SW
24V
2 3H
PE
MP
TY
1LE
DH
PE
MP
TY
2 3H
PE
MP
TY
1LE
DH
PE
MP
TY
2/P
SR
SO
L1
24V
CN
23(B
2B-X
H-R
D)
2/C
PS
OL
124
V
BL
BL
2 3G
ND
PIN
1LE
DP
IN
CN
22(B
2B-X
H-S
)
PA
PE
R I
N S
EN
SO
RP
WB
1757
67-3
GY
PL
GY<
PE
PA
R I
N S
EN
SO
R H
AN
ES
S>
GY
PL
OR
1 2G
ND
PIN
3LE
DP
IN
2 3G
ND
CP
EM
PT
Y1
LED
CP
EM
PT
YG
YP
L
OR<
CA
SE
TT
E E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
HA
NE
SS
>
GY
PL
OR
CA
SE
TT
E E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
PW
B
2 3G
ND
N.C
.1
CA
SE
TT
E
1577
8-2
PL
OR<
CA
SE
TT
E S
WIT
CH
HA
NE
SS
>
GY
OR
2G
ND
1G
AS
ET
TE
CA
SE
TT
E S
WIT
CH
PW
B
CN
20(B
3B-P
H-K
- R
D)
CN
18(B
3B-P
H-K
-K)
CN
14(B
3B-P
H-K
-S)
CN
19 (
B6B
-PH
-K-S
)P
AP
ER
OU
T S
EN
SO
RP
WB
OR
GY
PL
PL
GY
OR<D
UP
LE
X/P
-OU
T S
EN
SO
R/C
OO
LIN
G F
UN
HA
RN
ES
S >
1 2 3
5V GN
DP
DP
X
6G
ND
4 55V
PO
UT
1 2 3
5V GN
DP
DP
X
OR
GY
PL
PL
GY
OR
B3B
-PH
-K-*
3G
ND
1 25V PO
UT
B3B
-PH
-K-*
DU
P S
EN
SO
RP
WB
1 2 3
VF
MO
UT
P-G
ND
/VF
MC
NT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SF
TD
A
SF
TD
B/S
FT
DB
24V
P-G
ND
/VF
MC
NT
VF
NO
UT
P-G
ND
/SF
TD
AS
FT
HP
CN
26(1
3FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4CN
1(13
FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
SH
IFT
ER
MO
TO
R
GY
OR
B3B
-PH
-K-*
2 3G
ND
SF
TH
P1
5VG
Y
SH
IFT
ER
HP
SE
NS
OR
PW
B
SF
TH
PLE
DV
CC
GN
D
1 2 31 2 3 4 5/S
FT
MA
SF
TM
BS
FT
MA
24V
24V
CN
3(B
6B-P
H-K
-R)
GY
OR
GY
<S
HIF
TE
R H
P S
EN
SO
R H
AN
ES
S>
PA
PE
R E
XIT
INT
ER
FA
CE
PW
B
CN
2(B
3B-P
H-K
-K)
<T
RA
Y U
NIT
HA
RN
ES
S>
<B
D H
AR
NE
SS
>(F
FC
)
GN
DG
YN
.C
RD
BK
BK
GY
PL
OR
<C
OO
LIN
G F
UN
HA
RN
ES
S>
2N
.C.
15V
CN
31(B
3B-P
H-K
-K)
2D
RU
M1
5V
<D
RA
M I
NIS
AL
SW
ITC
H H
AN
ES
S>
(CR
U O
NL
Y)
1577
8-2
2D
RU
M
SF
TD
A
SF
TD
B/S
FT
DB
24V
P-G
ND
/VF
NC
NT
VF
MO
UT
P-G
ND
/SF
TD
AS
FT
HP
3 2 1
115V
12D
-GN
D13
P-G
ND
INT
ER
NA
L C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
INT
ER
NA
L C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
INT
ER
NA
LC
OO
LIN
G F
AN
INT
ER
NA
LC
OO
LIN
G F
AN
5V P-G
ND
D-G
ND
/VF
MC
NT
VF
MO
UT
P-G
ND
1 2 3
/VF
MC
NT
VF
MO
UT
P-G
ND
1 2 3
CN
4(B
3B-P
H-K
- *)
CN
5(B
3B-P
H-K
- *)
1 2 3
VF
MO
UT
/VF
MC
NT
P-G
ND
CN
15 (
B3B
-PH
-K-S
)
CN
16 (
B3B
-PH
-K-S
)
MO
DE
L W
/O S
HIF
TE
R
MO
DE
L W
ITH
SH
IFT
ER
4G
ND
6/S
FT
MB
1 2G
ND
PIN
3LE
DP
IN17
5767
-3
1
INT
ER
FA
CE
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-7
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3/7
MC
U P
WB
CC
D P
WB
CN
5(F
F4-
32-S
15D
4)C
N1(
FF
4-32
-S15
D5)
(FF
C)
CN
1(24
FM
N-B
TR
K-A
) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2221201918
(FF
C)
OP
PW
B
<C
CD
HA
RN
ES
S>
<O
PE
RA
TIO
N P
AN
EL
HA
RN
ES
S>
30 29A
FE
DB
0A
FE
DB
128
AF
E D
B2
27 26A
FE
DB
3A
FE
DB
425
AF
E D
B5
24 23A
FE
DB
6A
FE
DB
722
AF
E_S
CK
21 20G
ND
AD
CLK
19A
FE
_SE
N18 17
CC
D_P
HI1
GN
D16
CC
D P
HI2
15 14A
FE
_SD
1C
CD
_CP
13B
SA
MP
12 11C
CD
_RS
GN
D10
CC
D_T
G9 8
VS
AM
PG
ND
73.
3V6 5 4 3 2 1
5VE
N
GN
DG
ND
12V
12V
GN
D
32G
ND
31M
OD
E
CN
8(04
FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
1 2 3 4
PG
ND
VC
LC
LON
PG
ND
CO
PY
LA
MP
UN
IT
AF
E D
B0
AF
E D
B1
AF
E D
B2
AF
E D
B3
AF
E D
B4
AF
E D
B5
AF
E D
B6
AF
E D
B7
AF
E_S
CK
GN
DA
DC
LKA
FE
_SE
NC
CD
_PH
I1G
ND
CC
D P
HI2
AF
E_S
D1
CC
D_C
PB
SA
MP
CC
D_R
SG
ND
CC
D_T
GV
SA
MP
GN
D3.
3V5V
EN
GN
DG
ND
12V
12V
GN
D
GN
DM
OD
E
<C
OP
Y L
AM
P H
AR
NE
SS
>(F
FC
)
CN
1(IM
SA
-961
0S-2
4C)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
SC
AN
5S
CA
N4
ON
LO
P-S
TB
OP
-LA
TC
H
5VE
NB
ZR
5V5VK
EY
IN
2221201918
SC
AN
3S
CA
N2
SC
AN
1
SE
LIN
2S
ELI
N1
OP
-DA
TA
PS
W
1 2 3
OU
T_A
+
OU
T_A
-O
UT
_B +
4O
UT
_B -
CN
12
(B4B
-PH
-S)
MIR
RO
R M
OT
OR
Mir
ror
HP
SE
NS
OR
PW
BC
N10
(B3B
-PH
-K-R
)1 2 3
LED
MH
PS
GN
DM
HP
S
<S
CA
NN
ER
HP
SE
NS
OR
HA
RN
ES
S>
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 321 2
SE
LIN
3
PS
LO
P-C
LK
CN
9 (S
UB
-D 2
5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
24V
P-G
ND
24V
/SP
FO
UT
SP
FO
PE
N
/SP
FC
OV
ER
YS
PF
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
P-G
ND
SP
FP
SO
LS
PF
RS
OL
2019181716
SPF INTERFACE PWB
/SP
FM
OD
B/S
PF
MO
DA
SE
LIN
3B
<S
PF
HA
RN
ES
S>
SP
FM
OD
A
SE
LIN
2BP
DO
WN
A
SP
FM
OD
B
SE
LIN
1B21 22 23 24 25
CN
5 (B
26B
-PH
DS
S)
SP
FC
LHS
PF
GS
OL
PD
OW
NB
5VP
AP
ER
SC
AN
6
D-G
ND
1 221 23
23D
-GN
D
SP
F C
LH
SE
NS
OR
PW
B
23
24D
-GN
D24
SC
AN
5S
CA
N4
ON
LO
P-S
TB
OP
-LA
TC
H
5VE
NB
ZR
5V5VK
EY
IN
SC
AN
3S
CA
N2
SC
AN
1
SE
LIN
2S
ELI
N1
OP
-DA
TA
PS
W
SE
LIN
3
PS
LO
P-C
LK
SC
AN
6
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
4
1 2N
.C24
V1
/CLH
3 1 2S
PF
OP
EN
SG
ND 5V
3 1 2/S
PF
OU
TS
GN
D 5V3
1 2 3 1 2 3
SP
FO
PE
N(B
OO
K S
EN
SO
R)
/SP
FO
UT
(PA
PE
R E
XIT
SE
NS
OR
)
1 2 3
SP
F P
SO
L
18 8P
ULL
UP
SG
ND
PA
PE
R196 11
24V
1/P
SO
L
9 3W
3W
2
SP
FC
OV
ER
205 15VW
0
W1
7
SG
ND
14
4 5N
.C.B
24V
161 2
/AA /B3
24V
17
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PA
PE
R F
EE
D U
NIT
4 5N
.C.B
24V
161 2
/AA /B3
24V
17
1 2S
PF
OP
EN
SG
ND
1 2
4 5N
.C.B
24V
161 2
/AA /B3
6 5 4 3 2 1
4 13L25V
SG
ND
172 15L15V
SG
ND
16
OR
IGN
AL
TR
AY
1 2 3 1 2 3
4 5N
.C.B
24V
161 2
/AA /B3
24V
17
PLU
SE
MO
TO
R4 2
24V
1B 24
V1
53 1/AA /B
6
DS
PF
ON
LYS
PF
PS
OL
1 2/G
SO
L
24V
1
SP
F P
SO
L1 2
24V
1S
PF
RS
OL
1 2
10 1224
V1
/RS
OL
L1 L2
25 26 6 18 16 7 5 20 17 21 23 9 10 24 11 3141242 19 15 22 13 1
24V
P-G
ND
24V
/SP
FO
UT
SP
FO
PE
N
/SP
FC
OV
ER
PA
PE
R
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
P-G
ND
SP
FP
SO
LS
PF
RS
OL
SP
FM
OD
B/S
PF
MO
DA
SE
LIN
3BS
PF
MO
DA
SE
LIN
2BP
DO
WN
A
SP
FM
OD
B
SE
LIN
1BS
PF
CLH
SP
FG
SO
LP
DO
WN
B5V
YS
PF
N.C
8
CN
6 (B
20B
-PH
DS
S)
PA
PE
R
(PA
PE
R E
NT
RY
SE
NS
OR
)
BU
7P-T
R-P
-H
BU
2P-T
R-P
-H
BU
6P-T
R-P
-H
SM
P-0
2V-B
C
SM
R-0
2V-N
CN
4B
2B-P
H-K
-S
CN
3B
7B-P
H-K
-S
CN
2B
3B-P
H-K
-K
CN
1B
3B-P
H-K
-R
CN
7B
3B-P
H-K
-S
B7B
-PH
-K-S
OP
TIC
AL U
NIT
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-8
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 4/7M
CU
PW
B
1 2 3
LIV
E
NE
UT
RA
LN
.C.
4 5 6
LIV
E
NE
UT
RA
LN
.C.
AC
SW
BK
WH
BK
WH
MC
3 2 1
MC
FB
GR
IDN
.C.
BK
PK W
H
TC
WH
BC
RD
PS
FU
N1 2 3
PS
FM
OU
T
GN
D/P
SF
MC
NT
1 2 3
LIV
E
NE
UT
RA
LN
.C.
F-G
ND
CN
001(
B03
P-V
L)
CN
004(
B06
P-V
L)
CN
3(B
3P-V
H[B
LAC
K])
#250
#250
CN
4(#1
87)
TC
BC
#187
#187
So
cke
t H
old
er
TC
hig
h v
olta
ge
Ho
lde
r
CN
1(B
7B-P
H-K
-S)
DV
UN
IT
TC
S
1 2 3
+24V
DV
SE
LT
CS
4P
-GN
D
1 2D
V B
IAS
GN
D
8 1 2
DV
BIA
S
TO
NE
R+2
4V
4 7N
.C.
N.C
.
5 6 3
DE
V
N.C
.G
ND
8 1 2 4 75 6 3
2 4 3
+5V
DE
VC
LK#
DE
VID
#
1G
ND
2 4 3 1
CN
2(B
02P
-NV
)
CR
UM
RD
BR
PL
GY
RD
PL
RD
BR
GY
OR
PK
LB GY
1 42H
EA
TE
R(L
)N
.C.
HE
AT
ER
(N)
3N
.C.
TH
ER
MO
ST
AT
HL
BK
WH
CN
*(B
04P
-VL)
TH
ER
MIS
TE
R
CN
21(B
2B-X
H-K
-K)
(BLA
CK
)O
R
BK
PL
1 224
V/H
PS
OL
#250
#250
5202
5-08
1151
010-
0811
TS
R-0
4V-K
2GG
PI8
-FX
-4P
-DS
<D
EV
HA
RN
ES
S>
<T
HE
RM
IST
ER
HA
RN
ES
S>
<H
L H
AR
NE
SS
><M
C H
AR
NE
SS
>
<G
B/M
CF
B H
AR
NE
SS
>
<T
C H
AR
NE
SS
>
<B
C H
AR
NE
SS
>
<A
C S
W H
AR
NE
SS
>
CN
27(B
4B-P
H-K
-S)20 22 24
24V
HLO
UT
P-G
ND
16 17 18
3.3V
/PO
FF
5V
21 19 23
FW
PR
24V
12 13 25
PS
FM
OU
T
D-G
ND
/PF
MC
NT
26 1
P-G
ND
P-G
ND
155V
EN
9 8 6
D-G
ND
/MC
N.C
4 5 3
/TC
BIA
S
GR
IDL
10 11 14
P-G
ND
3.3V
D-G
ND
CN
3(B
26B
-PH
DS
S-K
-S)
BR
PL
GY
BR
GY
BL
RD
BL
BR
LB PK
OR
LBOR
GY
GY
BR
RD
GY
/MC
BIA
S
GR
IDL
GN
DIN
T24
/TC
GY
HA
ND
PA
PE
RP
ICK
UP
SO
L
BK
HV
U P
WB
P/S
PW
B (
1/2)
CN
101(
B18
B-P
HD
SS
-B)
GY
BL
GY
OR
OR
BL
BR
RD
PL
BR
GY
RD
PK
BR
LB GY
GY
GY
<F
US
ING
HA
RN
ES
S>
AC
CO
DE
24V
HLO
UT
P-G
ND
3.3V
/PO
FF
5V FW
PR
24V
PS
FM
OU
T
D-G
ND
/PS
FM
CN
T
5VE
N
D-G
ND
P-G
ND
3.3V
D-G
ND
P-G
ND
<P
S H
AR
NE
SS
>
<P
S F
AN
HA
RN
ES
S>
INT
242 7
TC
_CO
NT
TC
_CO
NT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
RD
PL
GY
BR
PK
BR
PL
BR
PK
LB RD
GY
1 2 3
RT
H_I
N
GN
DN
.C
CN
25(B
3B-P
H-K
-S)
(WH
ITE
)
HA
ND
PA
PE
R P
ICK
UP
SO
LIN
TE
RF
AC
E H
AR
NE
SS
32
GN
D
SW
5V/5
V1 4
(EP
_SD
A)
(EP
_SC
L)
CN
29(B
4B-P
H-K
-K)
LBOR
PK
GY
<S
RU
HA
RN
ES
S>
(S
RU
ON
LY
)
P/S
PW
B(2
/3)
CN
102(
B06
P-V
L)
2 1D
V B
IAS
GN
D1
BU
02P
-TR
-P-H
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-9
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 5/7
MC
U P
WB
CN
4(35
FE
-BT
-VK
-NA
)<
INT
ER
FA
CE
HA
RN
ES
S>
GN
DG
ND
VC
C3
SE
VE
NS
EV
EN
US
BIN
VM
OU
TV
PO
UT
D_C
ON
T
VP
INR
CV
OE
N
VM
INS
US
PE
NO
PA
RA
D0
PA
RA
D1
Sid
e C
ove
r S
W
CN
24(B
3P-V
H)
SW
A-1
A-2
24V
N.C
.A
-324
V1(
DS
WS
)
RD
RD
<S
IDE
CO
VE
R S
WIT
CH
HA
RN
ES
S>
PA
RA
D3
PA
RA
D2
PA
RA
D4
PA
RA
D5
PA
RA
D6
PA
RA
D7
/AC
K/F
AU
LT/R
EV
SLO
TP
EB
US
Y
/INIT
/SLC
TIN
15 16
/AU
TO
FD
/ST
B
17 19 21 24 28 3020 27 2923 2622 2518
GN
DG
DIN
GN
D3433 3532311 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
GN
DG
ND
VC
C3
SE
VE
NS
EV
EN
US
BIN
VM
OU
TV
PO
UT
D_C
ON
T
VP
INR
CV
OE
N
VM
INS
US
PE
NO
PA
RA
D0
PA
RA
D1
PA
RA
D3
PA
RA
D2
PA
RA
D4
PA
RA
D5
PA
RA
D6
PA
RA
D7
/AC
K/F
AU
LT/R
EV
SLO
TP
EB
US
Y
/INIT
/SLC
TIN
/AU
TO
FD
/ST
B
GN
DG
DIN
GN
D
21 20 19 17 15 12 8 616 9 713 1014 1118 23 14535 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
INT
ER
FA
CE
PW
B
US
B1.
1
IEE
E12
84
SW
Fro
nt
Sid
e C
ove
r S
W
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-10
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 6/7
MC
U P
WB
3 2 1
LIV
E
NE
UT
RA
LN
.C.
BK
WH
CN
003(
B02
P-X
L)
1st C
AS
SE
TT
ED
EH
UM
IDIF
IER
HE
AT
ER
DE
HU
MID
IFIE
R H
EA
TE
R S
W
CN
32(B
4B-P
H-K
-R)
+24V
/DH
RO
FF
N.C
.N
.C.
43211 2
+24V
DH
RO
FF
N.C
.L1 2
N3
N.C
.L1 2
N3
MIR
RO
R D
EH
UM
IDIF
IER
HE
AT
ER
(OP
TIO
N)
LEN
S D
EH
UM
IDIF
IER
HE
AT
ER
(OP
TIO
N)
<D
H P
WB
HA
RN
ES
S>
B-1B-2
LIVENEUTRAL
CBL N
(172
074-
7)
(172
074-
7)
B CD
H-L
DH
-N(1
7207
4-1)
(172
074-
1)
A-2
A-1
DH
-ND
H-L (X
LR-0
2V)
A-2
A-1
B-2
B-1
DH
-N(X
LR-0
2V)
DH
-LA
-2A
-1(X
LP-0
2V)
<D
H C
AS
ET
TE
HE
AR
TE
R H
AR
NE
SS
>
<D
H S
W H
AR
NE
SS
>
DE
HU
MID
IFIE
R H
EA
TE
R P
WB
(OP
TIO
N)
(/C
V_S
TA
RT
)
(/C
V_D
PX
)N
.C.
(/C
V_C
A)
8765
(/C
V_S
IZE
0)
(/C
V_S
IZE
3)(/
CV
_SIZ
E2)
(/C
V_S
IZE
1)
1211109
24V
(CV
_CO
UN
T)
/CV
_CO
PY
P-G
ND
4321
CO
IN V
EN
DE
R(O
PT
ION
)
(/A
UD
) 5V
N.C
.F
-GN
D8765
N.C
FG
109
(/A
UD
_PN
C)
(AU
D_R
EA
DY
)(/
AU
D_C
A)
(/A
UD
_CO
PY
)
4321
AU
DIT
OR
(OP
TIO
N)
5VG
ND
24V
11 12 13
CN
35(B
13B
-PH
-K-S
)
CN
37(1
-171
825-
2)
PS
PW
B (
3/3)
2ND
CA
SE
TT
E U
N
8765 109432124
V
11 12 13CN
36(B
20B
-PH
DS
S-K
-S)
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
24V
(PS
OL1
)(F
SO
L1)
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
P-G
ND
P-G
ND
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
Y1
SE
LIN
1CS
ELI
N2C
SE
LIN
3C 5V 5V
24V
24V
(PS
OL1
)(F
SO
L1)
Y2
Y3
P-G
ND
P-G
ND
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
Y1
SE
LIN
1CS
ELI
N2C
SE
LIN
3C 5V 5V
CN
A(B
22B
-PH
DS
S-K
-S)
(PS
OL2
)
(PS
OL3
)(F
SO
L2)
(FS
OL3
)
8765 109 4321 11 12 13 1415 1617 1819 2021 22
N.C
.N
.C.
CA
SS
1
PP
D1
DR
S1
CS
S1
PS
OL
1
FS
OL
1
HE
AT
ER
DH
1
AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-11
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 7/7M
CU
PW
BIM
C2
PW
BC
N33
(22F
E-B
T-V
K-N
)
/OP
_RS
T3.
3VGN
DG
ND
PID
AT
A1
PID
AT
A0
PID
AT
A2
PID
AT
A3
/PIA
CK
PID
AT
A5
/ES
CR
DY
PID
AT
A7
3.3V
/PR
LIN
E
GN
D
/ES
PA
GE
PID
AT
A6
/PIR
EQ
/HS
YN
C
PID
AT
A4
/PIW
T
ES
CM
D
15 16 17 19 2120 22181 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14131211109
8 7 6 4 2 213 2215 1718 16192022 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 91011121314 1213 111415 9 6 210 3 17 48 5 CN
**(2
2FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
CN
34(2
2FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
BO
AR
D E
DG
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
5V3.3V
GN
DG
ND
PO
DA
TA
1
PO
DA
TA
0/
ES
PR
D
PO
DA
TA
2P
OD
AT
A3
/PO
AC
K
PO
DA
TA
5
/ES
SR
DY
PO
DA
TA
7
3.3V
/ES
DE
T
GN
D
/SC
LIN
E
PO
DA
TA
6
/PO
RE
Q
/RE
AD
Y
PO
DA
TA
4
/PO
CS
ES
ST
S
/OP
_RS
T3.
3VGN
DG
ND
PID
AT
A1
PID
AT
A0
PID
AT
A2
PID
AT
A3
/PIA
CK
PID
AT
A5
/ES
CR
DY
PID
AT
A7
3.3V
/PR
LIN
E
GN
D
/ES
PA
GE
PID
AT
A6
/PIR
EQ
/HS
YN
C
PID
AT
A4
/PIW
T
ES
CM
D 5V3.
3V
GN
DG
ND
PO
DA
TA
1
PO
DA
TA
0/
ES
PR
D
PO
DA
TA
2P
OD
AT
A3
/PO
AC
K
PO
DA
TA
5
/ES
SR
DY
PO
DA
TA
7
3.3V
/ES
DE
T
GN
D
/SC
LIN
E
PO
DA
TA
6
/PO
RE
Q
/RE
AD
Y
PO
DA
TA
4
/PO
CS
ES
ST
S
CN
**(2
2FE
-BT
-VK
-N)
BO
AR
D E
DG
E
LEAD-FREE SOLDER
The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder. The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.
(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD
When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-usesoldering iron is recommendable.
(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK
Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity isinferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceedthe heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering isconfirmed.Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip aftercompletion of soldering work.If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.
Example:
5mm
Lead-Free
Solder compositioncode (Refer to thetable at the right.)
<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>
Solder composition
Sn-Ag-Cu
Sn-Ag-BiSn-Ag-Bi-Cu
Sn-Zn-Bi
Sn-In-Ag-Bi
Sn-Cu-Ni
Sn-Ag-Sb
Bi-Sn-Ag-PBi-Sn-Ag
a
b
z
i
n
s
p
Solder composition code
a
CODE : 00Z
q CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
CONTENTS
Parts marked with "!" are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specifiedones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATIONThis document has been published to be usedfor after sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.
! !"#$"%& '()*+,-.
!"#$% &'()*+",-
ARM205/C1/
DIGITAL COPIER
AR-200MAR-160MAR-M205AR-M160
MODEL AR-5220
Japan only
Japan only
Except Japan
Except Japan
Except Japan
1. MAIN PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1ASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Driver (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Driver (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Driver (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Noise filter/Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Connector (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Connector (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10100VAC (85 - 127V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10120VAC (102 - 140V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11220-240VAC (187 - 276V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3. CCD PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134. COPY OPE PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145. I/F PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166. SCAN OPE PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177. TRAY PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 1 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/9
(3-A
2)(2
-A2)
(2-A
2)(3
-A3)
(3-A
2)
(4-C
3)(4
-C3)
(4-C
3)
(2-D
1)
(2-A
1)(3
-A3)
(2-A
2)(3
-A1)
(9-B
3)
(5-B
2)(5
-B1)
(3-B
2)
For
Deb
ug
For
Deb
ug
For
CR
UM
For
CR
UM
CPUCLK(NC) CPUCLK(NC)
SP
MT1
LW
R
/CS
0
/CS
2
RESETOUT1
/RD
/CS
2
/SC
AN
SP
/TR
AN
SS
T
/CS
0
/CS
1
/SC
AN
ST
PM
CLK
/PR
INT
ST
/HW
R
CPUNRST
SP
MT0
/SC
AN
SP
D1
0(F
W)
SP
MT3
/TR
AN
SS
T
/CP
US
YN
C
D9
D2
AR
B_
INT
SP
MT1
SP
MT3
D6
/SC
AN
ST
D8
D1
SP
MT0
SP
MT
2/M
IRC
NT
AR
B_
INT
(FW
)/C
PU
SY
NC
CC
D_
TG
RE
SE
TO
UT
1
/CS
3
/CS
3
A20
RE
SE
TO
UT
2
LW
R/H
WR
/RD
RY
/BY
A20
ES
CM
D/E
SS
RD
Y
D0
D1
3D
14
D7
D3
D3
D1
2
D0
D5
D4
D1
1
D1
5D
14
D1
3D
12
D1
1
D4
D5
D7
D1
D2
D6
D8
D9
D1
0
D1
5
(MH
PS
)
(SP
FP
AP
ER
#)(P
SW
)
CP
UN
RS
T
/CS
1
SP
MT
2/M
IRC
NT
A16
A8
A2
A18
A4
A1
A17
A3
A6
A14A15
A5
A7
A12A11
A19
A13
A0
A10A9
/AS
IC_
RS
TA
[19.
.0]
(MH
PS
)
(SIN
1)
RY
/BY
RT
H
(PS
W)
/CS
0
/CS
2
PO
FF
SP
MT1
/SC
AN
ST
SE
LIN
1
SE
LIN
3
PM
CLK
/CP
US
YN
C
AR
B_
INT
(SIN
3)
D[1
5..0
]
(SIN
2)
PS
L
SP
MT0
/CS
1
/PR
INT
ST
SP
MT2
/MIR
CN
T
/SC
AN
SP
/TR
AN
SS
T
(SP
FP
AP
ER
#)
SP
MT3
SE
LIN
2
(FW
)
/HW
R/L
WR
TxD
1
(KE
YIN
)
DE
VD
IR
SC
L SD
A
D_
CO
NT
ON
L
/RD
CC
D_
TG
/OP
_RS
T
/CS
3
/CS
4
TC
CN
T
(US
BIN
)
RE
SE
TO
UT
2/O
BE
N
ES
ST
SE
SC
MD
/ES
SR
DY
/ES
CR
DY
DM
T2
DM
T3
DM
T1
DM
T0
(YIN
)
RE
SE
TO
UT
2
(YS
PF
#)
(/S
PF
PO
UT#)
RP
/VID
EO
CP
UN
RS
T
(/V
IDE
O)
(RP
)#
VC
C3
VC
C3
CP
U3
.3
CP
U3
.3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
R1
70
J
C19N.M.
T63 1
T72 1
BR
10
10
kJx4
1234
8765
T11
0
1
C2
60
.1u
C6
12p
T45 1
C150.1u
T18 1
C293100p
C2
71N
.M.
C20100p
BR
9
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R2
260
J
C286100p
T43 1
R1
30
J
R2
04
7J
C21100p
R5
0J
R2
21
0kJ
IC3
24
WC
04
or
HT
24LC
04
1 2 3 45678
E0
E1
E2
VS
SS
DA
SC
LW
CV
CC
T90
1
BR
11
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T88 1
T27 1
T48
9
1
R1
81
0kF
IC5
A
74L
CX
08
1 23
14 7
T10
81
C2
510
0p
T57
1
C16N.M.
T62 1
T11
5
1
T82 1
R2
11
0kF
T19 1
T16 1
R1
91
0kJ
BR
4
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T7
1
R2
31N
.M
C287100p
IC5
C
74LC
X08
9
10
8
14 7
R4
N.M
C2
70
.1u
T30 1
T15 1
T3
1
T12 1
T36 1
T51 1
C1
22p
T11 1
T67 1
T5
1
T10 1
R2
0J
T61 1
C22100p
C292100p
BR
5
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T52 1
R2
28
N.M
.
C290100p
R235100J
R1
40
J
C5
100p
R1
50
J
T79
1
T92
1
T49
0
1
C2
61
0.1
u
IC4 M
5195
7BF
P
8
4
71 2 3
56
NC
GN
D
VC
CN
CIN N
CC
dO
UT
T96 1
BR
8
10
kJx4
1234
8765
T10
31
T10
41
T41 1
C2
83
12p
R7
22
J
T25 1
T40
1
T11
2 1
T77
1
T59 1
R1
N.M
.
T80
1
T44 1
T35 1
T98
1
T73 1
R2
02
10
kJ
T81 1
T4
1
T42 1
BR58100Jx41234
8765
X1
HC
-49
U/S
(1
9.6
60
8MH
z)
BR
12
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T10
91
T60
1
T84
1
BR
131
0kJ
x4
1234
8765
T87 1
C291100p
C2
30
.1u
BR
15
10
kJx4
1234
8765
C289100p
IC5
B
74LC
X08
4 56
14 7
C110.1u
T48 1
T93
1
R2
27
0J
T78
1
C120.1u
T94 1
T38 1
T89 1
IC2
H8
S/2
321
HD
6412
321V
F25
(H8S
/232
1)
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
10
31
04
10
51
06
10
71
08
10
91
10
11
11
12
11
31
14
11
51
16
11
71
18
11
91
20
12
11
22
12
31
24
12
51
26
12
71
28
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738
1021011009998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877767574737271706968676665
P3
5/S
CK
1P
34
/SC
K0
P3
3/R
xD1
P3
2/R
xD0
P31
/TxD
1P
30/T
xD0
VC
CP
D7
/D1
5P
D6
/D1
4P
D5
/D1
3P
D4
/D1
2V
ssP
D3
/D1
1P
D2
/D1
0P
D1
/D9
PD
0/D
8P
E7
/D7
PE
6/D
6P
E5
/D5
PE
4/D
4V
ssP
E3
/D3
PE
2/D
2P
E1
/D1
PE
0/D
0V
CC
AV
ccV
ref
P4
0/A
N0
P4
1/A
N1
P4
2/A
N2
P4
3/A
N3
P4
4/A
N4
P4
5/A
N5
P4
6/A
N6
/DA
0P
47
/AN
7/D
A1
AV
ssV
ssP
17
/PO
15
/TIO
CB
2/T
CL
KD
P1
6/P
O1
4/T
IOC
A2
P1
5/P
O1
3/T
IOC
B1
/TC
LK
CP
14
/PO
12
/TIO
CA
1P
13
/PO
11
/TIO
CD
0/T
CL
KB
P1
2/P
O1
0/T
IOC
C0
/TC
LK
AP
11
/PO
9/T
IOC
B0
/DA
CK
1P
10
/PO
8/T
IOC
A0
/DA
CK
0M
D0
MD
1M
D2
PG
0/C
AS
PG
1/C
S3
PG
2/C
S2
PG3/CS1PG4/CS0VssNCVCCPC0/A0PC1/A1PC2/A2PC3/A3VssPC4/A4PC5/A5PC6/A6PC7/A7PB0/A8PB1/A9PB2/A10PB3/A11VssPB4/A12PB5/A13PB6/A14PB7/A15PA0/A16PA1/A17PA2/A18PA3/A19VssPA4/A20/IRQ4PA5/A21/IRQ5PA6/A22/IRQ6PA7/A23/IRQ7P67/CS7/IRQ3P66/CS6/IRQ2VssVssP65/IRQ1P64/IRQ0
P53/ADTRGP52/SCK2
VssVss
P51/RxD2P50/TxD2
PF0/BREQPF1/BACK
PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQOPF3/LWRPF4/HWR
PF5/RDPF6/AS
VCCPF7/0
VssEXTAL
XTALVCC
STBYNMIRES
WDTOVFP20/PO0/TIOCA3P21/PO1/YICOB3P22/PO2/TIOCC3P23/PO3/TIOCD3P24/PO4/TIOCA4P25/PO5/TIOCB4P26/PO6/TIOCA5P27/PO7/TIOCB5
P63/TEND1P62/DREQ1
P61/TEND0/CS5VssVss
P60/DREQ0/CS4Vss
T70 1
T23 1
T95 1
T48
8
1
T69 1
C130.1u
IC1
P20
10/P
LL70
1-01
1 2 3 45678
Xin
Xou
tF
S0
Vss
SS
on
MO
DO
UT
SR
0V
DD
T91
1
T6
1
C2
810
0p
T20 1
T28 1
C294100p
R2
41
0kJ
C8
0.1
u
C140.1u
C288100p
T17 1
T11
1
1
T11
4
1
+C
9
10u/
16V
T24 1
T58 1
T13 1
T33 1
C3
22p
T9
1
T53 1
T68 1
T21 1
T48
7 1
T14 1
T76 1
T83
1
C4
100p
R8
10
kJ
BR57100Jx4 1234
8765
BR
11
0kJ
x4
1234
8765
T34 1
R1
60
J
BR
14
10
kJx4
1234
8765
T47 1
T85
1
T66 1
T56 1
T10
51
T99
1
R1
20
J
C285100p
T10
01
T75 1
R9
10
kJ
T8
1
T50 1
T32 1
T74 1
T10
61
T65 1
T22 1
R3
N.M
R6
0J
T10
2
1
L1 ZJS
R5
10
1-22
3
BR
21
0kJ
x4
1234
8765
T26 1
T10
71
T39 1
T64 1
T31 1
R2
34
7J
C17100p
BR
3
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T46 1
T49 1
R1
10
J
T54 1
T71 1
T97
1
C2
410
00p
T29 1
T11
3 1
T86
1
C18N.M.
T10
1
1
IC5
D
74LC
X08
12
13
11
14 7
C2
0.1
u
BR
71
00
Jx4
1234
8765
T55 1
BR
6
10
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T37 1
C2
72
270p
1.M
AIN
PW
BC
PU
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 2 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
2/9
AS
IC
(4-D
4)
(5-B
3)
(3-E
2)
(3-E
2)
(3-E
3)
(3-E
2)
(3-D
2)(3
-D2)
(3-D
2)(3
-D2)
(3-D
2)
(3-D
2)
(1-D
2)
(3-E
1)
(1-C
1)
(1-B3)(1-B3)
(1-B1)
ES
PR
D
36
(3-D
2)
RA
MD
B4
RC
V
VP
OU
TV
MO
UT
PO
DA
TA
7P
OD
AT
A6
PO
DA
TA
5P
OD
AT
A4
PO
DA
TA
3P
OD
AT
A2
PO
DA
TA
1P
OD
AT
A0
/PO
AC
K/P
IRE
Q
PO
DA
TA
0P
OD
AT
A1
PO
DA
TA
2P
OD
AT
A3
PO
DA
TA
4P
OD
AT
A5
PO
DA
TA
6P
OD
AT
A7
PID
AT
A4
PID
AT
A0
PID
AT
A5
PID
AT
A6
PID
AT
A1
PID
AT
A7
PID
AT
A2
PID
AT
A3
MM
_BI2
MM
_BI1
MM
_AI0
MM
_AI2
MM
_BI1
MM
_AI1
MA
D2
MA
D3
RA
MD
B12
RA
MD
B15
RA
MD
B14
RA
MD
B13
RA
MD
B8
RA
MD
B9
RA
MD
B10
RA
MD
B11
ME
M_I
NT
CLO
N
MM
_BI0
MM
_AI2
MM
_AI1
MM
_AI0
RA
MD
B5
RA
MD
B7
RA
MD
B3
RA
MD
B2
RA
MD
B1
MM
_BI0
MM
_BI2
MA
D1
MA
D0
MA
D10
RA
MD
B15
MA
D12
MA
D11
MA
D9
MA
D8
MA
D7
MA
D6
MA
D5
MA
D4
RA
MD
B8
RA
MD
B6
RA
MD
B7
RA
MD
B0
RA
MD
B10
RA
MD
B5
RA
MD
B6
RA
MD
B14
RA
MD
B0
RA
MD
B1
RA
MD
B4
RA
MD
B3
RA
MD
B11
RA
MD
B9
RA
MD
B2
RA
MD
B13
RA
MD
B12
AF
E_D
B0
AF
E_D
B7
AF
E_D
B3
AF
E_D
B4
AF
E_D
B6
AF
E_D
B5
AF
E_D
B2
AF
E_D
B1
D13
D10
D5
D7
D8
D6
D15
D0
D9
D4
D14
D2
D11
D1
D3
D12
PA
RA
D2
PA
RA
D5
/AU
TO
FD
/INIT
SP
FO
N
PA
RA
D7
OP
_LA
TC
H
PA
RA
D6
PA
RA
D4
/SLC
TIN
MO
DE
PA
RA
D3
PA
RA
D1
/RE
AD
YO
P_S
TR
OB
E
OE
N
RC
V
VM
IN
VP
IN
PA
RA
D0
/ST
B
VM
IN
VP
IN
MIR
ON
SU
SP
EN
D
OE
N
PD
OW
NB
PD
OW
NA
PA
RA
D3
/AC
K
PA
RA
D0
PE
PA
RA
D7
/RE
V
PA
RA
D6
PA
RA
D1
/FA
ULT
PA
RA
D5
BU
SY
SLC
T
PA
RA
D2
PA
RA
D4
/INIT
/AU
TO
FD
/ST
B
/SLC
TIN
A1
A6
A2A3A4
A9
A5
A8A7
VS
AM
P
CC
D_R
S
CC
D_C
P
BS
AM
P
CC
D_P
HI2
CC
D_P
HI1
AD
CLK
MM
_Y1
MM
_AI0
MM
_AI1
MM
_PH
_B
MM
_BI1
VP
OU
T
OE
N
RC
V
VM
INV
PIN
(/S
YN
C)
AF
E_D
B[7
..0]
PR
PS
RS
OL
CPSOL
MIR
ON
SP
FO
N
TM
CLO
N
TM
_
MODE
HL
HPSOL
MM
_Y3
SD
CLK
SD
CK
ED
QM
1
BA
NK
1B
AN
K0
/SD
CA
S/S
DR
AS
/SD
CS
DQ
M0
D[1
5..0
]
MEM_INT
MA
D[1
2..0
]
A[1
9..0
]
OP_STROBE
OP
_DA
TA
TC
PDOWNA
/GRIDL
SPFPSOL
PDOWNB
SPFRSOL
BIAS
SPFCLH
SPFGSOL
OP
_CLK
MC
LDEN
VFM
VFMCNT
OP
_LA
TC
H
MIRCNT
MM
_PH
_A
MM
_Y2
VM
OU
T
ARB_INT
AF
E_S
CK
CC
D_T
G
/CPUSYNC
/LWR
/LE
ND
/RD/ASIC_RST
CL
/VID
EO
PSFMCNTPSFM
PS
OL
1F
SO
L1
/TR
AN
SS
T
/PR
INT
ST
/SC
AN
ST
/SC
AN
SP
/PR
LIN
E/S
CLI
NE
PO
DA
TA
[7..0
]/P
OA
CK
/PIR
EQ
/PO
RE
Q/P
OC
S
/PIA
CK
/PIW
R
PID
AT
A[7
..0]
/HS
YN
C
/ES
PR
D
/RE
AD
YB
ZR
JTG
_TM
S
AF
E_S
EN
ME
M_I
NT
SDCLK2
/SD
WD
E
/ES
PR
D
AF
E_S
DI
MM
_BI0
MMDPMD
RA
MD
B[1
5..0
]
JTG
_TD
IC
PU
NR
ST
JTG
_TC
K
JTG
_TD
O
SD
CLK
2
/CS2
SU
SP
EN
D
PEBU
SY
/FA
ULT
/AC
K
/RE
V
SLC
T
PA
RA
D[7
..0]
/ST
B/A
UT
OF
D/S
LCT
IN/IN
IT
VC
C3
G3.
3V
G3.
3V
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
T17
5
1
T14
8
1
C43
12p
R21
30
J
C305470p
T21
4
1
T46
5
1
L2 ZJS
R5
10
1-22
3
C620.1u
T13
9
1
T14
2
1
T23
3
1
T46
0
1
C30010p
C74
15p
T17
0
1T
126
1
T17
9
1
BR
2710
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T19
4
1
T19
5
1 T47
0
1
BR
18
10Jx
41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R33
33J
T19
2
1
T19
7
1
T18
4
1
T20
8
1
T19
0
1
T19
8
1
T25
7
1
C71
0.1u
T28
41
T28
91
IC6
HG
73C
141H
FV
Peg
asu
s A
SIC
1234
8
67
5
91011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
34353637383940414243444546474849
5152535455
5756
58596061626364
86 84 83 81
69
80 79
72
78 77 76
68676665
7473
82
71
7585
70
96 92 8788899091939495979899100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
192191190189188187186185184183182181180179178177176175174173172171170169168167166165164163162161160159158157156155154153152151150149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
256
255
254
253
252
251
250
249
248
247
246
245
244
243
242
241
240
239
238
237
236
235
234
233
232
217
231
230
225
221
226
220219
223
218
216215
229
228
227
224
222
214213212211210209208207206205204203202201200199198197
195196
193194
33
50
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
CPU_DATA7CPU_DATA6CPU_DATA5CPU_DATA4
CPU_DATA1
CPU_DATA3CPU_DATA2
VCC(AC)
CPU_DATA0GND(AC)MIRCNT/CPUSYNCMEM_INTARB_INTVCC(CORE)CPU_AD8CPU_AD7CPU_AD6CPU_AD5GND(CORE)RAM_CLK_INCPU_AD4CPU_AD3CPU_AD2CPU_AD1CPU_AD0/CPUCSSFCLK48GND(CORE)/CPUWR/CPURD/RESET
PFCLKCLKSWGND(CORE)PFCLKOUTPFCLKINGND(PLL)VCC(PLL)GND(PLL)VCC(PLL)TM2_15M/SYNCGND(AC)/VIDEO/LENDVCC(AC)OUTP00A
OUTP02AOUTP03AOUTP04AOUTP05AOUTP06A
VCC(CORE)OUTP15A
OUTP07AOUTP08AGND(CORE)OUTP09AOUTP10AOUTP11AOUTP12A
VC
C(C
OR
E)
OU
TP
13B
OU
TP
12B
OU
TP
10B
GND(AC)
OU
TP
09B
OU
TP
08B
OUTP03B
GN
D(C
OR
E)
OU
TP
07B
OU
TP
06B
OUTP00BOUTP14AVCC(CORE)OUTP13A
VCC(AC)OUTP04B
OU
TP
11B
OUTP02B
OU
TP
05B
OU
TP
14B
OUTP01B
TS
P_M
OD
E
OP
E_C
LK /TM
TM
OP
E_D
AT
AO
PE
_LA
TC
HG
ND
(AC
)
VC
C(A
C)
/SC
AN
SP
TS
O0
IE12
84_S
TB
IE12
84_A
UT
OF
DV
CC
(CO
RE
)IE
1284
_SLC
TIN
IE12
84_I
NIT
IE12
84_S
LCT
GN
D(C
OR
E)
IE12
84_P
EIE
1284
_BU
SY
IE12
84_A
CK
IE12
84_F
AU
LTV
CC
(CO
RE
)IE
1284
_RE
VIE
1284
_PA
RA
D7
IE12
84_P
AR
AD
6IE
1284
_PA
RA
D5
IE12
84_P
AR
AD
4IE
1284
_PA
RA
D3
IE12
84_P
AR
AD
2V
CC
(AC
)IE
1284
_PA
RA
D1
IE12
84_P
AR
AD
0S
US
PE
ND
GN
D(A
C)
OE
NV
MO
UT
VP
OU
TG
ND
(CO
RE
)V
MIN
VP
INR
CV
/SC
AN
ST
VCC(CORE)/INREQ
/OUTCS/OUTACK
/ESPRD/FAXPRD/PCLPRDGND(AC)MDAT15MDAT14MDAT13
VCC(CORE)MDAT12MDAT11MDAT10VCC(AC)MDAT09MDAT08MDAT07
GND(CORE)MDAT06MDAT05MDAT04
VCC(CORE)MDAT03MDAT02MDAT01MDAT00
GND(AC)/INCS
/INACK/OUTREQ
GND(CORE)/HSYNC
PIDATA0PIDATA1PIDATA2VCC(AC)PIDATA3PIDATA4PIDATA5PIDATA6PIDATA7
/POCS
/PO
RE
QV
CC
(AC
)/P
IWT
/PIA
CK
GN
D(A
C)
/PO
AC
K/P
IRE
QG
ND
(CO
RE
)P
OD
AT
A0
PO
DA
TA
1P
OD
AT
A2
PO
DA
TA
3P
OD
AT
A4
PO
DA
TA
5P
OD
AT
A6
PO
DA
TA
7V
CC
(CO
RE
)/T
RA
NS
ST
/RE
CE
PT
ST
/PR
INT
ST
RA
M_D
AT
A4
RA
M_D
AT
A5
RA
M_D
AT
A6
RA
M_D
AT
A7
GN
D(A
C)
RA
M_D
QM
0R
AM
_WD
EV
CC
(AC
)R
AM
_CA
SR
AM
_RA
SR
AM
_CS
RA
M_B
AN
KS
0R
AM
_BA
NK
S1
VC
C(C
OR
E)
RA
M_M
AD
10R
AM
_MA
D0
RA
M_M
AD
1G
ND
(CO
RE
)R
AM
_MA
D2
RA
M_M
AD
3G
ND
(AC
)M
M_A
I2M
M_A
I1M
M_A
I0M
M_P
H_A
AFE_DB3
MM
_BI2
MM
_BI1
MM
_Y2
VCC(AC)
MM
_Y1
AFE_DB0AFE_DB1
GN
D(C
OR
E)
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB4AFE_DB5
MM
_BI0
MM
_PH
_BV
CC
(CO
RE
)
MM
_Y3
CLPWM
AFE_DB6AFE_DB7GND(AC)AFESCK
VCC(CORE)ADCLK
GND(CORE)AFE_SENCCD_PH1CCD_PH2AFE_SDICCD_CP
BSAMPCCD_RSCCD_TG
VSAMPGND(CORE)
TD0
TRSTDI
TCKTMS
VCC(CORE)
OUTP01A
GN
D(C
OR
E)
RA
M_D
AT
A3
RA
M_D
AT
A2
RA
M_D
AT
A1
RA
M_D
AT
A0
GN
D(A
C)
RA
M_D
AT
A15
RA
M_D
AT
A14
VC
C(C
OR
E)
RA
M_D
AT
A13
RA
M_D
AT
A12
RA
M_D
AT
A11
RA
M_D
AT
A10
RA
M_D
AT
A9
RA
M_D
AT
A8
VC
C(C
OR
E)
RA
M_D
QM
1R
AM
_CK
EG
ND
(AC
)R
AM
_CLK
_OU
TG
ND
(CO
RE
)R
AM
_MA
D12
RA
M_M
AD
11R
AM
_MA
D9
VC
C(C
OR
E)
RA
M_M
AD
8R
AM
_MA
D7
VC
C(A
C)
RA
M_M
AD
6R
AM
_MA
D5
RA
M_M
AD
4G
ND
(AC
)C
PU
DA
TA
15C
PU
DA
TA
14C
PU
DA
TA
13C
PU
DA
TA
12C
PU
DA
TA
11C
PU
DA
TA
10C
PU
DA
TA
9C
PU
DA
TA
8
T13
1
1
T16
6
1
BR
39
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T21
6
1
T18
8
1
T12
7
1
C29610p
R37
10J
T24
0
1
T26
5
1
T29
01
T23
5
1
T27
81
T23
1
1
T29
11
T15
3
1
R50 0J
T26
9
1
T21
0
1
T15
8
1
T13
7
1
T12
2
1
T16
4
1
BR
3210
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
L3Z
JSR
5101
-223
R39
33J
T17
7
1
T29
21
BR
28
10Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T19
1
1
T27
41
C310470p
T16
2
1
R28
33J
C380.1u
T22
1
1
T21
8
1
+C
41
47
u/16
V
T24
7
1
T46
6
1
T11
7
1
T46
1
1
T24
9
1
C390.1u
T27
51
BR
44
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C30
12p
C670.1u
T14
0
1
T22
9
1
T29
8
1
T47
1
1
C306470p
T13
4
1
T16
7
1
T18
7
1
T17
6
1
T24
1
1
R51
10J
R30
10kJ
T20
9
1
C30110p
C75
15p
T20
0
1
BR
31
33Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T15
7
1
C25
7N
.M.
T16
9
1
T24
5
1
C29
12p
BR
1610
Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
BR
4010
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T13
6
1
T25
5 1
T45
8
1
C29710p
C25
6N
.M.
R36 10
kJ
T24
2
1
T29
51
T18
3
1
C2681000p(1608size)
T14
5
1
C630.1u
T15
1
1
ZD2 UDZS3.9B
T20
1
1
T16
3
1
R35
10kJ
T26
3
1
R29
33J
X2
OS
C-3
148
MH
z
185 4
N.C
.
VC
CO
UT
PU
T
GN
D
T28
81
T15
4
1
BR
41
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T21
1
1
T13
0
1
T18
0
1
T27
61
T23
9
1
T14
3
1
T26
8
1
C520.1u
BR
25
10Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T19
9
1
C2692200p
BR
42
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T17
4
1
T20
6
1
T14
1 1
T46
7
1
C540.1u
BR
17
10kJ
x4
1234
8765
T12
0
1
T27
71
T46
2
1
T21
7
1
T22
5
1
T47
2
1
C360.1u
T24
4
1
T14
9
1
R45
N.M
.
BR
3710
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C500.1u
T22
0
1
T21
3
1
T20
2
1
C72
12p
C307470p
T27
2
1
BR
43
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
BR
56
220J
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R46
10kJ
C73
100p
T23
0
1
R47
10kJ
T28
31
T28
51
C30210p
T16
0
1
BR
3410
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C320.1u
T25
0
1
BR
33
33Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
ZD3 UDZS3.9B
T23
2
1
T15
5
1
R40
33J
T18
2
1
T25
2
1
C303470p
C55
12p
C650.1u
BR
29
33Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R32
10K
J
T25
4
1
BR
30
33Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C29810p
T14
6
1
C530.1u
T13
2
1
T15
0
1
T21
5
1
T18
1
1
T28
01
T25
3 1
BR
2410
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T28
11
T12
5
1
T19
6
1
ZD1 UDZS3.9B
C42
12p
T18
5
1
T23
6
1
T25
6
1
BR
55
220J
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T11
8
1
BR
1910
Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T25
8
1
T26
0
1
T29
41
T46
8
1
T15
9
1
T46
3
1
T12
9
1
T16
5
1
T26
7
1
T12
3
1
T47
3
1
C2702200p
T18
9
1
T26
1
1
C44
12p
T17
2
1
T28
71
T28
2
1
T16
8
1
T12
4
1
T23
7
1
T20
3
1
T26
2
1
C7022000p
T27
1
1
T15
2
1
R52
N.M
.
BR
5322
0Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C490.1u
T13
3 1
T14
7
1
R26
33J
C340.1u
T17
1
1
T22
4
1
T26
4
1
C308470p
BR
20
10Jx
41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T25
1
1
C25
5N
.M.
T21
9
1
R42
10K
J
T19
3 1
BR
38
100J
x4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C29510p T24
8
1
T23
8
1
BR
36
10kJ
x41 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
BR
2310
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
C310.1u
R38
10J
BR
2110
kJx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
BR
22
10Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T22
7 1
T11
9
1
C304470p
C580.1u
T13
8
1
T18
6
1
X3 H
C-4
9U/S
(20
.309
4MH
z)
T17
3
1C29910p
T17
8
1
T24
3
1
T24
6
1
ZD4
UDZS3.9B
T15
6
1
C590.1u
T20
4
1
T46
4
1
C460.1u
T45
9
1
T46
9
1
T25
9
1
T12
1
1
C600.1u
T27
91
BR
35
33Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T14
4
1
R49 0J
R48
33J
T12
8
1
T20
5
1
C56 12
p
T29
7
1
C2671000p(1608size)
BR
5422
0Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R31
33J
T26
6
1
R27
33J
T29
31
T29
6
1
BR
2610
Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T11
6
1
T23
4 1
R25
33J
T27
0
1
T21
2
1
R43
N.M
.
T13
5
1
T28
61
T22
3
1
T20
7 1
T22
2
1
T22
6
1
C309470p
T22
8
1
T27
3
1
T16
1
1
R34
10kJ
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 3 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
3/9
Mem
ory
For
Che
cker
(N
ot M
ount
ed)
For
Che
cker
(Not
Mou
nted
)
(1-C
1)
(1-A
2)
(2-D
3)
Mod
el
SD
RA
MS
DR
AM
2
Ven
dor/
Typ
e
128M
b(2M
x16b
itx4b
ank)
K4S
2816
32D
-1H
(Sam
sung
)
(1-D
3)
256M
b(4M
x16b
itx4b
ank)
K4S
5616
32D
-TC
75(S
amsu
ng)
R62
(*7
)
OP
EN
OJ
OJ
8585
RA
MD
B0
RA
MD
B9
RA
MD
B10
RA
MD
B11
RA
MD
B12
RA
MD
B13
RA
MD
B14
RA
MD
B15
RA
MD
B7
RA
MD
B8
RA
MD
B3
RA
MD
B1
RA
MD
B5
RA
MD
B6
RA
MD
B2
RA
MD
B4
MA
D8
MA
D9
MA
D4
MA
D5
MA
D11
MA
D1
MA
D0
MA
D10
MA
D7
/CS
0CH
K(N
C)
CH
KR
OM
(NC
)
MA
D3
MA
D2
MA
D6
CS
0Z
/CS
1
MA
D12
/HW
R
A1
D15
D14
D0
D7 D
13
D6
D11
D3 D
12D
9
D3
D8
A17
D1
D7
D4
D15
D9
D12
D5
D14
D0
D2
D1 D
10
D4
D6
D11
D10
D13
D8
D5
D2
A13
A10
A11
A15
A11
A4
A10
A17
A6
A15
A1
A1
A2
A12
A19
A13
A8
A8
A7
A4
A14
A13
A15
A4
A0
A12
A17
A14
A7
A6
A5
A9
A10
A3
A6
A14
A11
A9
A2
A3
A16
A18
A17A5
A7
A8
A5
A9
A12
A1
A2
A16
A3
A16
/RD
A[1
9..0
]
/LW
R
/CS
0
MA
D[1
2..0
]
BA
NK
0B
AN
K1
/SD
CS
/SD
WD
E/S
DC
AS
/SD
RA
S
DQ
M0
DQ
M1
SD
CLK
SD
CK
E
D[1
5..0
]
RA
MD
B[1
5..0
]
/CS
1
/CS
1/R
D
RY
/BY
RP
/CS
0
/RD
/HW
R
/HW
R
/RD
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
R54
0J
T30
51
C79
12p
+C
80
22
u/16
V
IC10
LH28
F80
0BJE
252423222120191887654321
48
17
2931333538404244 3032343639414345
9 10 16
46 273713
47 28 26
11 12 14 15
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
DQ
0
DQ
1
DQ
2
DQ
3
DQ
4
DQ
5
DQ
6
DQ
7
DQ
8
DQ
9
DQ
10
DQ
11
DQ
12
DQ
13
DQ
14
DQ
15
NC
NC
NC
GN
D
GN
D
VC
CV
PP
BY
TE
OE
CE
WE
RP
WP
RY
/BY
C84
12p
T30
1
1
R5
7N
.M.
T30
9
1
R58
10kJ
C82
N.M
.
C91
0.1u
C76
0.1u C
81 12p
T2 1
T30
8
1
T30
3
1
T30
0
1
C89
0.1u
T29
9
1
C94
12p
R53
10kJ
C86
0.1u
IC11
IS63
LV10
24L-
12J
-TR
(IS
SI)
61
72
103
114
2213
2314
2615
2716 17 18 19 20 21 29 30
528 12
8 9
31 32
2524
I/O0
A0
I/O1
A1
I/O2
A2
I/O3
A3
I/O4
A4
I/O5
A5
I/O6
A6
I/O7
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
CS
1O
EW
E
VD
D
GN
D
A15
A16
GN
D
VD
D
IC7
NC
7SZ
19
1 3
6 4
25
A E
Y0
Y1
GN
D
VC
C
C78
12p
R63
0J
C88
0.1u
C92
0.1u
T30
7
1
C90
0.1u
R59
0J
R56
0J
R64
0J
C77
0.1u
R62
0J
C93
12p
C85
0.1u
T30
6
1
C28
4
12p
IC8
IS63
LV10
24L-
12J
-TR
(IS
SI)
61
72
103
114
2213
2314
2615
2716 17 18 19 20 21 29 30
528 12
8 9
31 32
2524
I/O0
A0
I/O1
A1
I/O2
A2
I/O3
A3
I/O4
A4
I/O5
A5
I/O6
A6
I/O7
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
CS
1O
EW
E
VD
D
GN
D
A15
A16
GN
D
VD
D
C83
0.1u
IC9
SD
RA
M
23 24 25 26293031323334
2220
2 4 5 7 8
10 11 134244454748505153
1
27
54 28
9
4143496
12
4652
1539
16 17 18 19373840 36
3
14 2135
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
BA
0
DQ
0
DQ
1D
Q2
DQ
3D
Q4
DQ
5D
Q6
DQ
7D
Q8
DQ
9D
Q10
DQ
11D
Q12
DQ
13D
Q14
DQ
15V
CC
VC
C
VS
S
VS
S
VC
CQ
VS
S
VC
CQ
VC
CQ
VS
SQ
VS
SQ
VS
SQ
VS
SQ
LDQ
MU
DQ
MW
EC
AS
RA
SC
SC
LKE
CLKNC
NC
VC
CQ
VC
C
BA
1A
11
R60
N.M
.
C87
0.1u
T30
21
T1 1
R61
10kJ
T30
41
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 4 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
4/9
Dri
ver
(1)
(4-C
4) (4-C
4)
(SE
LIN
1A
)(S
ELI
N2
A)
(SE
LIN
3A
)(O
P_
CLK
)(O
P_D
AT
A)
(OP
_LA
TC
H)
SE
LIN
1S
ELI
N2
SE
LIN
3O
P_C
LKO
P_D
AT
AO
P_L
AT
CH
TM
TM
_(T
M)
(TM
_)
SIN
1
SIN
2
(PD
PX
)
(EP
_SC
L)
TH
OP
EN
DS
WS
SC
AN
4
SC
AN
1S
CA
N2
SC
AN
3
(OP
_ST
RO
BE
)(S
CA
N1)
(SC
AN
2)(S
CA
N3)
(SC
AN
4)
OP
_ST
RO
BE
SIN
3
(CLO
N)
CLO
NS
CL
SC
AN
5S
CA
N6
(SC
AN
5)(S
CA
N6)
FS
OL1
PS
OL1
(FS
OL1
)(P
SO
L1)
(PN
C-a
)
(SP
MT
2)S
PMT
3
SP
FO
N
SP
MT
2/M
IRC
NT
MIR
CN
T
(SP
MT
3)
(SP
MT
0)(S
PM
T1)
SPM
T1
SP
MT
0
MIR
ON
/LE
ND
SH
OLD
SP
FPA
PE
R#
YS
PF
#(S
PF
PA
PE
R#)
(YS
PF
#)K
EY
IN FW
(KE
YIN
)
SIN
2S
IN1
/SY
NC
SIN
3
US
BIN
(/S
YN
C)
(SIN
3)
(SIN
1)
(FW
)
(SIN
2)
(/M
MR
DY
)
/CV
_CO
PY
(SF
TH
P)
GD
IIN/E
SD
TE
/ES
PA
GE
/AU
D/A
UD
_RE
AD
Y
DR
UM
PD
OW
NB
PD
OW
NA
BZ
RLD
EN
(BZ
R)
(PD
OW
NA
)
AP
CS
TT
(PD
OW
NB
)
SE
LIN
1
SE
LIN
3S
ELI
N2
(SE
LIN
2B)
(SE
LIN
3B)
(SE
LIN
1B)
(/V
IDE
O)
PO
FF
(TC
S)
(/P
MR
DY
)D
VS
1
(CP
EM
PT
Y)
(HP
EM
PT
Y)
(CA
SE
TTE
)
(SE
LIN
2A)
(SE
LIN
3A)
(SE
LIN
1A)
(YIN
)
/VID
EO
(PO
UT
)(P
IN)
(US
BIN
)
(/S
PF
CO
VE
R#)
(SP
FO
PE
N#)
(/S
PF
CO
VE
R#)
(SP
FO
PE
N#)
(/S
PF
PO
UT
#)/S
PF
PO
UT
#
SP
FOP
EN
#/S
PF
CO
VE
R#
(PO
FF
)
FSO
L2FS
OL3
PS
OL2
PS
OL3
(FS
OL2
)(F
SO
L3)
(PS
OL2
)(P
SO
L3)
(YS
ELI
N2)
YIN
(YS
ELI
N1)
YS
ELI
N1
(YS
ELI
N1)
(YS
ELI
N2)
Y1#
Y2#
Y3#
YIN
(/V
IDE
O)#
(SE
LIN
1C)
(SE
LIN
3C)
(SE
LIN
2C)
RP
(RP
)(R
P)
(RP
)#
YS
ELI
N2
LPS
EL
(LP
SE
L)C
L(C
L)
5V
5V
VC
C3
5V
5V
5V
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
5V
5V
5V
5V
VC
C3
VC
C3
T35
3
1
C114100p
T47
9
1
T48
5
1
C12
3
0.1u
T34
8
1
C26
6
0.1u
R23
410
kJ
BR
4610
Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T33
91
R67
10kJ
C11
9
0.1u
T33
2
1
T31
3
1
C116100p
R71
10J
IC17
74H
C1
51
4 3 2 115 14 13 12 11 10
9 7
6516 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A B C G
WY
VC
C
GN
D
T48
4
1
C99
0.1u
C10
1
0.1u
BR
5110
kJx4
1234
8765
C110N.M.
IC16
74
VH
CT
244
2 4 6 811 13 15 17
119
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
C12
0
33p
C104100p
T35
71
R20410kJ
T47
7
1
R66
10J R
70
10J
BR
5010
Jx4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
T32
01
IC37
74
VH
CT
244
2 4 6 811 13 15 17
119
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
T49
1
1
C10
2
33p
T31
8 1
T34
4
1
C115100p
R242N.M.
T33
4
1
T36
1
1
T47
4
1
T35
2
1
T34
2
1
C10
0
33p
C12
5
0.1u
T34
7
1
T32
3
1
D38
1SS
133
R69
10kJ
C950.1u
C28
2
0.1u
T33
1
1
T36
3
1
T31
1
1
C107100p
R22
4
N.M
.
C96100p
C117100p
T32
4
1
T41
4
1
IC38
74H
C15
1
4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7
6516 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A B C G
WY
VC
C
GN
D
C97100p
T48
1
1
T32
5
1
C113100pC98100p
IC12
74V
HC
T24
4
2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1 19
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
R68
10kJ
T47
8
1
C105100p
T31
4 1
T48
31
IC15
74H
C15
1
4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7
6516 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A B C G
WY
VC
C
GN
D
C12
4
0.1u
T35
81
BR
59
10kJ
x4
1234
8765
T35
0
1
T34
6
1
T35
1
1
T33
3
1
T32
6
1
IC20
74LC
X24
4
2 4 6 811 13 15 17
119
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
T33
7
1
C28
1
0.1u
T31
5
1
T33
0
1
BR
4510
kJx4
1234
8765
T41
3
1
T35
6
1
C108100p
C26
5
33p
BR
6010
kJx4
1234
8765
C118100p
T33
6
1
R23610kJ
R22
5
10J
T31
9 1
T49
2
1
T48
6
1
R20310kJ
T32
81
T34
1
1C112100p
T32
11
T49
4
1
C106100p
IC13
74H
C15
1
4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7
6516 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A B C G
WY
VC
C
GN
D
IC18
74
VH
CT
244
2 4 6 811 13 15 17
119
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
T47
5
1 T36
0
1
T31
2
1
T34
9
1
T32
7
1
R23
30
J
T35
4
1
T41
2
1
T34
5
1
T34
0
1
T36
2
1
IC19 74
LCX1
6244
2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 23
43444647 37384041 32333536 26272930
1
2425484 10 15 21 28 34 39 457 18 31 42
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
O9
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
I3I2I1I0 I7I6I5I4 I11
I10
I9I8 I15
I14
I13
I12
1OE
4OE
3OE
2OE
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
VC
CV
CC
VC
CV
CC
C12
60.
1u
C2620.1u
T35
5
1
T34
3 1
T32
9
1
C12
2
0.1u
C1030.1u
C109100p
R76
10kJ
T35
91
T31
7 1
C12
10.
1u
IC14
74V
HC
T24
4
2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1 19
18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320
10
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1G 2G
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
VC
C
GN
D
C1110.1u
T32
2
1
R23
210
0J
T31
6
1
BR
52
10kJ
x4
1234
8765
R72
10kJ
T48
2
1
T33
8
1
T47
6
1
T31
0
1
T48
0
1
T41
1
1
T33
5
1
R74
10kJ
T49
3
1
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 5 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
5/9
Dri
ver
(2)
(2-C
1)(2
-C1)
(2-C
1)(2
-C1)
(2-C
1)(2
-C1)
(2-C
1)
(2-C
1)(2
-B1)
(8-A
3)
(9-C
1)(9
-C2)
(9-A
2)(1
-D3)
(8-B
3)
(8-B
4)(9
-A2)
(9-A
4)
(6-A
3)(6
-A3)
(6-A
3)(2
-C1)
(2-C
1)
(2-C
1)
(2-A
2)(2
-A3)
(1-D
3)
(1-A
3)
(4-A
3)
(5-B
2)
(9-C
2)
(2-C
1)(5
-E3)
(2-C
1)(9
-B3)
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D1
0D
11
D1
2D
13
D1
4D
15
D1
D5
D1
0
D1
4
D0
D9
D4
D1
3
D8
D1
5
D3
D1
2
D7
D2
D1
1
D6
MC
BIA
ST
C/G
RID
L
HP
SO
LP
SR
SO
LV
FM
VF
MC
NT
PM
CLK
PM
DP
R
MM
_Y2
MM
DM
M_Y
1
MM
_Y3
/MC
/BIA
S/T
CG
RID
L
VF
MO
UT
HL
OU
T
PM
CLK
_A
/PM
D
MM
ref1
/MM
D
MM
ref2
MM
ref0
FT
H
RT
H
TH
OP
EN
RT
H_
IN
(PO
FF
)(/
PO
FF
)
AU
D_
PN
CA
UD
_C
OP
YA
UD
_C
A
CV
_C
AC
V_S
TA
RT
CV
_DP
X
CV
_S
IZE
0C
V_
SIZ
E1
CV
_S
IZE
2C
V_
SIZ
E3
AU
D_
PN
C
CV
_DP
X
CV
_S
IZE
1
AU
D_
CO
PY
AU
D_
CA
CV
_C
A
CV
_S
IZE
3C
V_
SIZ
E2
CV
_S
IZE
0
(/A
UD
_C
A)
(/A
UD
_P
NC
)
(/C
V_
SIZ
E0
)
(/A
UD
_CO
PY
)
(/C
V_
SIZ
E2
)
HL
FT
H
CP
SO
L/C
PS
OL
(/C
V_S
TA
RT
)
CV
_C
OU
NT
CV
_ST
AR
T
PS
FM
OU
T
/PS
FM
CN
T
/VF
MC
NT
PS
FM
CN
TP
SF
M
(TC
CN
T)
/DH
RO
FF
DH
RO
FF
SC
AN
1
CV
_C
OU
NT
/CS
3
/CS
4
D[1
5..0
]
/OB
EN
/HW
R
/LW
R
/HW
R
/LW
R
D[1
5..0
]
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4S
CA
N5
SC
AN
6
/OB
EN
DH
RO
FF
TC
CN
T
SJM
T1
SJM
T2
SJM
T0
AU
D_
PN
C
(/A
UD
_P
NC
)
(/A
UD
_TC
)
(ON
L)
ON
L
(PS
L)P
SL
(/C
V_
SIZ
E1
)
(/C
V_
SIZ
E3
)
(/C
V_
CA
)(/
CV
_D
PX
)
(/C
V_
CO
UN
T)
/PS
RS
OL
/HP
SO
L
/PR
SJM
T3
YS
ELI
N1
YS
ELI
N2
FS
OL2
FS
OL3
PS
OL2
PS
OL3
LPS
EL
PG
ND
24V
24V
24V
24V
VC
C3
VC
C3
24V
VC
C3
VC
C3
5V
24V
PG
ND
24V
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
VC
C3
24V
24V
24V
PG
ND
24V
24V
VC
C3
INT
5V
PG
ND
PG
ND
R1
001
.5kJ
R7
81
.5kJ
T39
4 1
T39
7
1
T41
91
R9
42
40
J
R1
16
1kJ
R9
51
.5kJ
T40
6
1
T36
7
1
BR
62N
.M.
1234
8765
T38
4 1
IC2
1
KID
65
00
1A
F o
r T
D62
001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891
61
51
41
31
21
11
0
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
EC
OM1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
T41
0 1
T41
6 1
T38
2
1
T40
71
T40
3
1
T42
5 1
Q1
KT
A15
05S
2
1 3
T37
5
1
T39
5
1
T38
0
1
R8
31
.5kJ
R8
01
.5kJ
T39
0
1
C1
33
0.1
u
R9
21
.5kJ
D3
7
1SS
133
T41
81
D3
6
1SS
133
IC2
6
KID
65
50
3F
or
TD
6250
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891
61
51
41
31
21
11
0
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
GN
C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
R1
041
.5kJ
R8
11
.5kJ
T38
9
1
+ -
IC2
3B
KIA
39
3F
-EL
5 67
8 4
T42
1
1
T38
7
1
R8
21
.5kJ
T40
8 1
R8
87
.5kF
Q3
2SB
1197
K2
1 3
T38
1
1
IC3
0
LCX
1637
4
47
46
44
43
41
40
38
36
35
33
32
30
29
27
26
48
25 1
24
37
2 3 5 6 8 9 11
12
13
14
16
17
19
20
22
23
7 18
31
42
10
15
21
28
34
39
45
4
1D
11
D2
1D
31
D4
1D
51
D6
1D
7
2D
12
D2
2D
32
D4
2D
52
D6
2D
72
D8
1C
K2
CK
1G
2G
1D
8
1Q
11
Q2
1Q
31
Q4
1Q
51
Q6
1Q
71
Q8
2Q
12
Q2
2Q
32
Q4
2Q
52
Q6
2Q
72
Q8
VC
CV
CC
VC
CV
CC
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
D
GN
D
+ -
IC2
7B
KIA
35
8F-E
L
5 67
8 4
T40
0
1
R9
91
.5kJ
R1
13
1.2
kF
R9
82
.7kF
R1
02
4.7
kJ 1
/4W
T36
6
1
T42
4
1 C3
13
1000
p
C1
41
0.1
u
R8
4
4.7
kJ 1
/4W
R1
15
10
kF
R1
01
47
kJ
R1
18
10
kJ
T37
11
T40
4
1
IC2
9C
74LC
X32
9
10
8
14 7
R7
71
.5kJ
IC2
2
KID
65
50
3F
or
TD
6250
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891
61
51
41
31
21
11
0
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
GN
C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
C1
34
0.1
uC
311
1000
p
R1
051
.5kJ
IC2
9A
74LC
X32
1 23
14 7
D3DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
T40
5
1
R1
14
10
kJ
C1
38
0.1
u
D2
MA
700
R1
034
.7kJ
1/4
W
R1
061
.5kJ
C1
36
2200
0p
T37
3
1
C1
35
0.1
u
R8
71M
F
C1
31
0.1
u
R1
093
00J
T39
1
1
IC2
9B
74LC
X32
4 56
14 7
D6
DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
T40
1 1
T38
51
R1
17
30
0J
T37
0
1
R8
61
kF
R1
071
.5kJ
R1
101
00
J
T39
2
1
R9
01
.5kJ
C1
29
0.1
uR
108
1.5
kJ
C3
14
1000
p
T36
4
1
T42
2
1
R9
71
0kF
T41
5 1
BR
61
10
kJx4
1234
8765
C1
2822
000p
Q4 U
PA
502T
T37
7
1
C3
12
1000
p
R1
111
.5kJ
T42
3 1
T41
7
1
IC2
5
KID
65
00
1A
F o
r T
D62
001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891
61
51
41
31
21
11
0
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
EC
OM1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
T37
4 1
T37
8 1
R9
61
.5kJ
T39
8
1
R1
121
.5kJ
T38
3 1
C1
37
N.M
.
T36
5 1
C1
27
0.1
u/5
0V
+ -
IC2
7A
KIA
35
8F
-EL
3 21
8 4
T37
2
1
T39
9
1
T37
9 1
T40
2
1
C1
39
0.1
u
IC2
8
LCX
1637
4
47
46
44
43
41
40
38
36
35
33
32
30
29
27
26
48
25 1
24
37
2 3 5 6 8 9 11
12
13
14
16
17
19
20
22
23
7 18
31
42
10
15
21
28
34
39
45
4
1D
11
D2
1D
31
D4
1D
51
D6
1D
7
2D
12
D2
2D
32
D4
2D
52
D6
2D
72
D8
1C
K2
CK
1G
2G
1D
8
1Q
11
Q2
1Q
31
Q4
1Q
51
Q6
1Q
71
Q8
2Q
12
Q2
2Q
32
Q4
2Q
52
Q6
2Q
72
Q8
VC
CV
CC
VC
CV
CC
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
D
GN
D
C1
30
0.1
u/5
0V
+ -
IC2
3A
KIA
39
3F-E
L
3 21
8 4
D4
DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
T42
01
IC2
4
KID
65
00
1A
F o
r T
D62
001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891
61
51
41
31
21
11
0
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
EC
OM1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
R7
9
47
kJ
IC2
9D
74LC
X32
12
13
11
14 7
R8
51
.5kJ
D1
1SS
355
D5
KD
S22
61 2
3
T37
6
1
Q2
KR
A11
9S
1
2
3
T36
8
1
T40
9
1
C1
40
0.1
u
T38
8
1
R8
91
kJ
T39
6 1
R9
11
.5kJ
T39
3
1
T36
9 1
T38
6
1
C1
32
0.1
u
R9
32
40
J
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 6 –
(8-C
3)(8
-C3)
(8-C
3)(8
-C3)
(2-A
3)(2
-A3)
(2-A
3)
(2-A
3)
(2-A
3)(2
-A3)
(5-C
1)(5
-C1)
(5-C
1)
(4-D
3)
(4-D
3)
(9-A
1)
(9-A
1)
FO
R D
UP
MO
DE
L O
NLY
FO
R S
RU
MO
DE
L O
NLY
MM
_PH
_A
OU
T_A
-
MM
_AI0
MM
_PH
_B
MM
_BI0
MM
_BI1
MM
_AI1
OU
T_A
+
OU
T_B
-
MM
ref0
MM
ref1
MM
ref2
OU
T_B
+
(EP
_SD
A)
DE
VD
IR
SD
A
(TM
_)
(TM
)
TM
A_O
TM
B_O
DM
T1
/DM
T_3
DM
T2
/DM
T_0
/DM
T_1
DM
T0
/DM
T_2
DM
T3
5V
EN
5V
EN
/AS
IC_
RS
T
DE
VD
IR
SD
A(E
P_S
DA
)
5V
EN
5V
24V
M
24V
5V
24V
M
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
24V
dup
VC
C3
5V
PG
ND
24V
dup
24V
VC
C3
C1
460
.1u
R1
21
1.5
kJ
T43
61
C1
550
.1u
T45
11
C3
150
.1u
T42
81
R1
19
0.6
8J
1W
T43
81
C1
4782
0p
T42
91
R2
37N
P(4
7k)
IC3
1
74LV
X42
45F
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
0
11
12
23
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
VC
CA
DIR
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
GN
DG
ND
VC
CB
GN
DB8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1G
VC
CB
R2
38
NP
(47
k)
T44
5
1
T44
81
R1
22
1.5
kJ
R1
243
0kJ
R2
40 NP
(0)
R1
32
47
KJ
T42
6
1
R1
33
47
KJ
C1
53
0.1
u
C1
4982
0p
R1
20
0.6
8J
1W
IC3
4
TA
7291
AS
2 9 1 53786 4
VD
D
IN1
IN2
VS
SO
UT
2
OU
T1
VC
C2
VC
C1
N.C
R1
231
kF
T43
7
1
C1
4882
0p
R1
25
30
kJ
C1
430
.1u
T44
3 1
T43
41
C1
5082
0p
+C
142
47
u/35
V
CP
2
06
03
FA
1.5A
T43
51
C1
44
0.1
u
C1
450
.1u
R1
289
10F
T44
2 1
T45
01
+C
151
10
u/16
V
R1
273
kF
CP
10
60
3F
A1.
5A
+C
15
41
0u
/35V
C1
520
.1u
R1
26
13
kF
T44
11
CP
3
06
03
FA
1.5A
T44
71
T43
21
T42
71
T43
31
T45
21
R2
41N
P(0
)
IC3
3
TD
6206
4AF
3 4 5 61
01
11
21
3
17
2 7 9 16
1 81
8
14
15
I1 NC
NC
I2 NC
I3 NC
NC
GN
D
O1
O2
O3
O4
CO
MC
OM
GN
D
I4 NC
IC3
2
L621
9DS
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
01
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
81
92
02
12
22
32
41
OU
T 2
AS
EN
SE
2C
OM
P 2
OU
T 2
BG
ND
GN
DI0
2I1
2P
HA
SE
2V
RE
F 2
RC
2V
SS
RC
1V
RE
F 1
PH
AS
E 1I11
GN
DG
ND
I01
OU
T 1
BC
OM
P 1
SE
NS
E 1VS
OU
T 1
A
T49
5 1T
439
1
T44
91
T43
01
IC3
9
TC
7S
BD
385A
FU
12 3
45
AB
GN
DO
EV
CC
T44
01
T49
6
1
T43
11
D1
1
MT
J22B
T44
6 1
T44
4
1
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
6/9
Dri
ver
(3)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 7 –
(8-B
4)
(8-B
4)(8
-A4)
(9-A
3)
(4-A
3)
3.3
VIN
5V
IN
DS
WS
24
V1(
DS
WS
)
DV
SE
LT
CS
/MM
RD
Y(/
MM
RD
Y)
(TC
S)
24
VIN
/PM
RD
Y(/
PM
RD
Y)
(SF
TH
P)
SF
TH
P
HP
EM
PT
YC
AS
ET
TE
Y1
SP
FP
AP
ER
YS
PF
DV
S1
YS
PF
#S
PF
PA
PE
R#
Y1#
(CA
SE
TT
E)
(HP
EM
PT
Y)
(PS
W)
(MH
PS
)P
SW
MH
PS P
OU
T
CP
EM
PT
Y
PD
PX
PIN
(CP
EM
PT
Y)
(PD
PX
)(P
OU
T)
(PIN
)
/SP
FC
OV
ER
SP
FO
PE
N/S
PF
PO
UT
/SP
FC
OV
ER
#S
PF
OP
EN
#/S
PF
PO
UT
#
Y2#
Y3#
Y2
Y3
VC
C3
5V
PG
ND
PG
ND
5V
INT
24V
VC
C3
PG
ND
24V
PG
ND
INT
24V
INT
5V
VC
C3
VC
C3
5V
C1
72
0.1
u
R1
60
20
kJ
R1
40
0.2
2J
2W
C2
20
1000
p
C1
90
0.1
u
R1
61
20
kJ
C2
58
1000
p
R2
181
kJ
C1
73
0.1
u
R2
212
0kJ
C2
03
1000
p
C2
13
1000
p
C1
91
0.1
u
R1
64
20
kJ
L7 ZJS
R5
101
-223
C2
14
1000
p
C2
08
1000
p
R2
231
kJ
C1
74
0.1
u
R1
441
0kJ
C1
87
0.1
u
C1
92
0.1
u
C2
15
1000
p
R1
41
1kJ
/2W
R1
701
kJ
R1
781
kJ
C2
02
1000
p
C2
18
1000
p
R1
48
13
0J
2W
C1
60
0.1
u
C2
16
1000
p
C1
75
0.1
u
R1
461
kJ
C1
93
0.1
u
C2
60
1000
p
C2
05
1000
p
R2
162
0kJ
R1
751
kJ
C1
76
0.1
u
T45
61
C1
94
0.1
u
C1
97
1000
p
R1
731
kJ
+C
222
22
u/1
6V
+C
20
6
47
u/3
5V
C1
61
0.1
u
D1
61S
S35
5
C2
19
1000
p
C2
63
1000
p
C1
77
0.1
u
IC3
5
KIA
7805
1
2
3IN
GN
DOU
T
C2
24
0.1
u
C1
95
0.1
u
C1
98
1000
p
R1
51
10
J
C2
23
0.1
u
C1
78
0.1
u
D1
3K
DS
226
1 23
C1
96
0.1
u
C1
62
0.1
u
R2
171
kJ
+C
22
1
22
u/1
6V
C2
01
0.1
u
R1
49
10
J
C1
79
0.1
u
R1
43
10
kJ
+C
20
0
47
u/3
5V
R2
152
0kJ
R1
471
kJ
C1
63
0.1
u
C1
80
0.1
u
R1
552
0kJ
R1
451
kJ
C2
12
1000
p
R1
421
0kJ
R1
57
20
kJ
C1
81
0.1
u
C1
71
0.1
u
R1
681
kJ
C1
65
0.1
u
D1
41S
S35
5
R1
741
kJ
C1
64
0.1
u
T45
71
R1
54
20
kJ
C2
07
0.1
u/5
0V
D1
51S
S35
5
C1
82
0.1
u
L6 ZJS
R5
101
-223
C1
66
0.1
u
R1
671
kJ
C2
04
1000
p
C2
64
1000
p
R1
711
kJ
C2
17
1000
p
C1
99
1000
p
R2
191
kJ
C1
67
0.1
u
R2
142
0kJ
R1
622
0kJ
R2
202
0kJ
R1
761
kJ
C2
10
1000
p
R2
221
kJ
C1
84
0.1
u
C1
68
0.1
u
R1
652
0kJ
R1
50
10
J
C1
85
0.1
u
T45
3 1
C2
59
1000
p
C1
69
0.1
u
R1
56
20
kJ
T45
41
C1
86
0.1
u
C2
11
1000
p
C1
70
0.1
u
R1
661
kJ
R1
392
.7kJ
C1
83
0.1
u
C1
88
0.1
u
R1
37
20
kJ
R1
582
0kJ
C2
09
1000
p
R1
691
kJ
T45
51
R1
521
0J
R1
771
kJ
R1
38
20
kJ
R1
592
0kJ
R1
53
20
kJ
R1
721
kJ
C1
89
0.1
u
L5 ZJS
R5
10
1-22
3
R1
63
20
kJ
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
7/9
No
ise
filt
er/P
ull-
up
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 8 –
To
Pow
er u
nit
To
Sca
nner
uni
t
To
Inte
rfac
e P
WB
To
Ope
ratio
nal P
WB
(5-C
4)(5
-C4)
(5-C
4)(5
-C4)
(5-C
1)
(5-C
3)(5
-D2)
(7-A
1)(7
-A2)
(7-A
2)
(7-B
1)
(4-C
4)
(8-D
3)-B
2)
(8-A
4)
(2-D
2)(2
-D2)
(2-D
2)(2
-D2)
(2-D
2)(2
-D2)
(2-D
2)
(2-B
3)
(2-B
4)(2
-B4)
(2-B
4)(2
-B4)
(2-B
4)(2
-B4)
(2-B
4)
(2-B
4)
(2-B
4)(2
-B4)
(2-B
4)
(2-D
1)
For
che
cker
(1-D
3)
(2-D
1)(2
-C4)
(1-B
3)(1
-B3)
For
deb
ug
Not m
ounte
d
(1-B
1)
For
JT
AG
(2-D
1)
To
SP
F U
NT
O C
OP
Y L
AM
P
TO
SC
AN
NE
R H
P S
EN
SO
R
To
Mirr
or m
otor
24V
5V
5V
EN
3.3
V
DG
ND
PG
ND
12V
(1-B
3)
To
Dup
lex
mot
or
A B /A /B
/B /A B A
(2-D
1)(2
-D1)
(2-D
1)(2
-D1)
(2-D
1)(2
-D1)
(4-A
3)
(2-D
2)(2
-D2)
(2-D
1)(2
-D1)
TO
LS
U U
NIT
AF
E_
DB
7
AF
E_
DB
3
AF
E_
DB
6
AF
E_
DB
2A
FE
_D
B4
AF
E_
DB
5
AF
E_
DB
1A
FE
_D
B0
PA
RA
D3
PA
RA
D2
PA
RA
D6
PA
RA
D1
PA
RA
D5
PA
RA
D0
PA
RA
D7
PA
RA
D4
/BIA
S
5V
IN
FW
24
VIN
GR
IDL
/PR
PS
W
AF
E_
DB
[7..
0]
AF
E_
SC
KA
DC
LK
CC
D_
PH
I1C
CD
_P
HI2
CC
D_
CP
CC
D_
RS
CC
D_
TG
AF
E_
SE
N
BS
AM
P
VS
AM
P
5V
EN
PA
RA
D[7
..0
]V
MIN
VP
INR
CV
VP
OU
TV
MO
UT
SU
SP
EN
D
OE
N
/TC
(/P
OF
F)
HL
OU
T
3.3
VIN
24
VIN
/MC
5V
EN
US
BIN
D_
CO
NT
KE
YIN
JTG
_TD
O
SD
A
JTG
_TC
K
CP
UN
RS
T
JTG
_TM
SJT
G_T
DI
TxD
1
SC
L
(SP
MT
3)
(SP
MT
2)(S
PM
T1)
(SP
MT
0)
AP
CS
TT
/PM
D
SH
OL
D
/PM
RD
YP
MC
LK_A
(/V
IDE
O)#
/SY
NC
(PD
OW
NB
)
(CL
ON
)
MH
PS
OU
T_B
+
OU
T_B
-
OU
T_A
+
OU
T_A
-
/PS
FM
CN
TP
SF
MO
UT
AF
E_
SD
I
(SE
LIN
1B
)
(SE
LIN
3B
)
(SE
LIN
2B
)
(TC
CN
T)
/DM
T_0
/DM
T_3
/DM
T_2
/DM
T_1
SP
FO
PE
N
SP
FP
AP
ER
YS
PF
(CL)
MO
DE
/SP
FC
OV
ER
/SP
FP
OU
T
(ON
L)
(OP
_ST
RO
BE
)(O
P_D
AT
A)
(OP
_LA
TC
H)
(OP
_CLK
) (SC
AN
1)
(SC
AN
2)
(SC
AN
3)
(SC
AN
4)
(SC
AN
5)
(SC
AN
6)
(BZ
R)
5VEN
(PS
L) (SE
LIN
2A
)(S
EL
IN1
A)
(SE
LIN
3A
)
/RE
V
PE
/INIT
/SLC
TIN
/AC
K/F
AU
LT
BU
SY
GD
IIN
SLC
T
/AU
TO
FD
/ST
B
(LP
SE
L)
SP
FR
SO
LS
PF
CL
H
SP
FG
SO
LS
PF
PS
OL
(PD
OW
NA
)
PG
ND
PG
ND
INT
24V
5V
VC
C3
VC
C3
12V
VC
C3
5V
5V5V
5V
VC
C3
5V
5V
5V
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
INT
5V
24V
24V
24V
24V
dup
5V
VC
C3
24V
24V5V
EN
5V
C237N.M.
D19DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
CN
9
SU
B-D
25
13
25
12
24
11
23
10
229
218
207
196
185
174
163
152
141
C253N.M.
CN
7
9204
B-2
-10
1 3 5 7 9
2 4 6 81
0
BR
63
10
0Jx
4
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
CN
1
24
FM
N-B
TR
K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
01
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
81
92
02
12
22
32
4
C276N.M.
R1
84
10
kJR
183
10
kJ
C2
25
100p
CP
60
60
3F
A1.
5AR
18
51
0kJ
J5 5m
m-P
itch
12
J8 5m
m-P
itch
12
C279N.M.
J1 5m
m-P
itch
12
CN
4
35
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
IC3
6
KIA
7812
1
2
3IN
GN
DOU
T
C2
44
0.1
u/5
0V
C236N.M.
CN
10
B3
B-P
H-K
-R(R
D)
1 2 3
C2
30
N.M
.
D23DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
C2
31
0.1
u
CN
6
TE
ST
PA
D
1 2 3 4
C277N.M.
C2
27
1000
p
D31DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
C2
42
N.M
.
C280N.M.
D2
1K
DS
226
1 23
D3
5
KD
S22
6
1 23
R18010kJ
CN
11
B6
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4 5 6
J2 5m
m-P
itch
12
+C
24
0
47
u/35
V
C235N.M.C
P4
06
03
FA
1.5A R
21
1
N.M
.
ZD5 UDZS5.6B
R205
470J
C2
34
0.1
u
CP
50
60
3F
A1.
5A
C274N.M.
C239N.M.
C254N.M.
R2
120
J
D32DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
J6 5m
m-P
itch
12
C273N.M.
CN
8
04
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
1234
C2
29
0.047u/50V
D18DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
R186
470J
C2
26
N.M
.
R1
791
kJ
C238N.M.
CN
3
B2
6B
-PH
DS
S
1 3 5 7 9 11
13
15
17
19
21
23
2 4 6 81
01
21
41
61
82
02
22
42
52
6
D1
7K
DS
226
1 23
CN
2
B1
2B
-PH
DS
S
1 5 9
2 63 7 1
1
4 81
01
2
R1
821
kJ
C275N.M.
C2
43
N.M
.
CN
13 B5
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4 5
C2
32
0.1
u
CN
5
FF
4-3
2-S
15D
3
135791
11
31
51
71
92
12
32
52
72
93
1
246810
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
D2
01S
S35
5
J3 5m
m-P
itch
12
J4 5m
m-P
itch
12
C2
33
0.1
u
C278N.M.
C2
41
0.1
u
CN
12 B4
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4
J7 5m
m-P
itch
12
R1
81 1kJ
D22DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
8/9
Co
nn
ecto
r (1
)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 9 –
TO
CO
IN V
EN
DE
R
TO
INT
ER
NA
L C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
TO
TO
NE
R M
OT
OR
TO
PS
RO
LLE
R S
OLE
NO
ID
TO
DP
X/P
aper
OU
T S
EN
SO
R
TO
CA
SE
TT
E P
ICK
UP
SO
LEN
OID
TO
HA
ND
PA
PE
R E
MP
TY
SE
NS
OR
TO
PA
PE
R IN
SE
NS
OR
TO
CA
SE
TT
E P
AP
ER
EM
PT
Y S
EN
SO
R
TO
TH
ER
MIS
TE
R
TO
DE
HU
MID
IFY
HE
AR
TE
R
TO
CA
SE
TT
E S
WIT
CH
SE
NS
OR
TO
AU
DIT
OR
TO
TR
AY
PW
B
TO
DE
V U
NIT
TO
SID
E C
OV
ER
/FR
ON
T C
OV
ER
SW
ITC
H
TO
HA
ND
PA
PE
R P
ICK
UP
SO
LEN
OID
To
MA
IN m
otor
To
IMC
2
TO
OP
TIO
N C
AS
ET
TE
TO
SR
U(C
RU
M)
UN
IT
TO
DR
UM
INIT
AL
SW
<CR
U O
NLY
>
<CR
U O
NLY
><S
RU
ON
LY>
<SH
IFT
ER
MO
DE
L O
NLY
>
<NO
N S
HIF
TE
R M
OD
EL
>
TO
INT
ER
NA
L C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
SF
TD
A
SF
TD
B
/SF
TD
A
/SF
TD
B
PID
AT
A1
PID
AT
A7
PID
AT
A0
PO
DA
TA
4
PO
DA
TA
0
PID
AT
A4
PO
DA
TA
3
PO
DA
TA
5
PO
DA
TA
7
PID
AT
A5
PID
AT
A2
PID
AT
A3
PO
DA
TA
2P
OD
AT
A1
PO
DA
TA
6P
IDA
TA
6
(/A
UD
_C
A)
/AU
D_
RE
AD
Y
PO
UT
(/C
V_
SIZ
E2
)
DV
SE
L
(/C
V_
SIZ
E1
)
TM
B_O
/AU
D
(/A
UD
_P
NC
)
(/C
V_
SIZ
E0
)
(EP
_SC
L)
(/C
V_
CA
)
/PS
RS
OL
CP
EM
PT
Y
/CP
SO
L
PD
PX
(/C
V_
DP
X)
(/C
V_
CO
UN
T)
(/A
UD
_CO
PY
)
PIN
RT
H_
IN
/DH
RO
FF
TC
S
(/C
V_S
TA
RT
)
(/C
V_
SIZ
E3
)
HP
EM
PT
Y
TM
A_O
/CV
_CO
PY
CA
SE
TT
E
/MM
RD
Y/M
MD
(EP
_SD
A)
24
V1(
DS
WS
)
(SE
LIN
2C
)
(FS
OL1
)
(SE
LIN
3C
)(S
EL
IN1
C)
/HP
SO
L
DR
UM
(/A
UD
_TC
)
(PN
C-a
)
Y1
/PIA
CK
/ES
PA
GE
/PIW
R
/PIR
EQ
PO
DA
TA
[7..
0]
/RE
AD
Y
ES
CM
D/E
SS
RD
Y
PID
AT
A[7
..0]
/ES
CR
DY
/PO
CS
/PR
LIN
E
/HS
YN
C/S
CL
INE
/ES
DE
T
ES
ST
S
/OP
_RS
T
VF
MO
UT
/VF
MC
NT
VF
MO
UT
/VF
MC
NT
SJM
T3
SJM
T0
SJM
T1
SJM
T2
SF
TH
P
/PO
AC
K/P
OR
EQ
(FS
OL2
)(F
SO
L3)
(PS
OL1
)(P
SO
L2)
(PS
OL3
)
Y2
Y3
24V
5V
5V
5V
5V
INT
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V5V
INT
5V
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
PG
ND
VC
C3
24V
24V 24
V
24V
24V
24V
24V
24V
24V
5V5V
5V
24V
PG
ND
24V
VC
C3
PG
ND
PG
ND
INT
24V
PG
ND
VC
C3
5V
C2
52
N.M
.
C2
48
0.1
u
R196N.M.
R207470J
R19710kJ
CN
25
B3
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3
CN
19
B6
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4 5 6
R191
470J
R208470J
C3
17
33p
D3
0K
DS
226
1 23
D26DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
C2
47
0.1
u
R192
470J
D34
DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
CN
36
B2
0B
-PH
DS
S-B
1 3 5 7 9 11
13
15
17
19
2 4 6 81
01
21
41
61
82
0
R20020kJ
D29DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
D2
4K
DS
226
1 23
CN
20
B3
B-P
H-K
-R(R
D)
1 2 3
R19510J
R210
470J
R188
470J
CN
14
B3
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3
R209470J
CN
16
B3
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3
D27DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
R193
20kJ
CN
21
B2B
-XH
-A-B
K
1 2
C3
20
33p
D28DAP202U or KDS120
1
23
CN
18
B3
B-P
H-K
-BK
1 2 3
D33DAN202U or KDS121
1
23
D2
5K
DS
226
1 23
CN
27
B4
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4
C3
19
33p
CN
28
B3
P-V
H
1 2 3
C2
49
1000
p
CN
23
B2B
-XH
-A-R
(RD
)
1 2
CN
30
B2
P-V
H
1 2
C2
45
0.1
u
C2
51
N.M
.
CP
90
60
3F
A1.
5A
CN
17
B4
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3 4
CN
37
1-17
1925
-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
12
CN
33
22
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
01
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
81
92
02
12
2
R189
470J
C2
50
100p
R1
98
30
0J
R1
99
30
0J
CN
26
13
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13
11
12
CN
31
B3
B-P
H-K
-BK
1 2 3
R206470JC
N3
5
B1
3B
-PH
-K-S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
01
11
21
3
R190470J
CN
29
B4
B-P
H-K
-BK
1 2 3 4
C2
46
0.1
u
CN
32
B4
B-P
H-K
-R(R
D)
1 2 3 4
CN
22
B2B
-XH
-A-S
1 2
CN
24
08
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
12345678
C3
18
33p
C3
16
33p
R194N.M.
CN
15
B3
B-P
H-K
-S
1 2 3
C3
21
33p
CN
34
22
FE
-BT
-VK
-N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
9/9
Co
nn
ecto
r (2
)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 10 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/3
2. L
OW
VO
LT
AG
E P
OW
ER
SU
PP
LY
100V
AC
(85
- 1
27V
)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 11 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
2/3
120V
AC
(10
2 -
140V
)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 12 –
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
3/3
220-
240V
AC
(18
7 -
276V
)
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 13 –
714
SH
0
SH
2
SH
3
SH
1
CC
D-R
S
CC
D-P
HI1
CC
D-P
HI2
CC
D-C
P
CC
D-T
G
MO
DE
RO
UT
GO
UT
CC
D-D
6
CC
D-D
7
CC
D-D
5
CC
D-D
4
BO
UT
bsm
p
vsm
p
AD
CLK
RO
UT
GO
UT
BO
UT
afes
enaf
esck
afes
di
CC
D-P
HI2
CC
D-C
P
MO
DE
CC
D-T
G
CC
D-D
0
CC
D-R
S
CC
D-D
2
CC
D-D
5
CC
D-D
1
CC
D-P
HI1
CC
D-D
7C
CD
-D6
CC
D-D
4
afes
di
vsm
p
afes
enbsm
p
CC
D-D
3
CC
D-D
2
CC
D-D
1
CC
D-D
3
CC
D-D
0
afes
ck
AD
CLK
DV
5
A12
V
DV
3.3
DV
5
DV
5
A12
V
A12
V
A12
V
A12
V
12V
DV
5
3.3V
5VE
N
DV
5
AD
D5V
AD
D5V
DV
3.3
L3 ZJS
R51
01-2
23
IC10
4B
74V
HC
T04
MT
C
34
C10
30.
1uF
R10
2
100k
J
R12
7
100J
R11
110
J
IC10
4D 74V
HC
T04
MT
C
98
C13
0
0.1u
F
C13
4
0.1u
F
C14
10.
1uF
TP
145
NC
1.
IC10
2D
74V
HC
T00
12 1311
+C5
22uF
/16V
R10
510
0kJ
C12
547
pF
R12
2 33J
R14
02K
J
TP
113
B-O
UT
1.
C11
7
220p
TP
110
D2
1.
Q10
32N
3906
U
+
C3
22uF
/16V
C12
0
220p
R12
0
100k
J
IC10
4F 74V
HC
T04
MT
C
1312
14 7
TP
144
TG
2
1.
TP
104
bsm
p
1.
C14
40.
1uF
C11
3
220p
TP
118
AF
ES
DI
1.
C11
10.
1uF
+
C6
22uF
/16V
R15
010
0J
C12
847
pF
R11
433
J
C10
20.
1uF
IC10
3E
74A
CT
04M
TC
1110
TP
17F
2A1
1.
R14
510
0J
+C4
22uF
/16V
TP
42D
6
1.
TP
124
F1
1.
C11
80.
1uF
IC10
4E
74V
HC
T04
MT
C
1110
R10
1
100k
J
TP
133
OS
-G
1.
R13
7N.M
R15
110
0J
R15
510
J
TP
116
AF
ES
EN
1.
C13
6
0.1u
F
C11
60.
1uF
R13
133
J
R14
22K
J
TP
139
F2A
2
1.
R10
610
0kJ
C12
747
pF
C10
810
0p
R15
233
J
TP
43D
5
1.
R12
8 33J
R13
033
J
TP
142
TG
1
1.
R14
810
0J
C11
20.
1uF
R13
9N
.MR
104
100k
J
+C8
22uF
/16V
Q10
22N
3906
U
TP
140
F1A
2
1.
R15
9N
.M
R10
9 33J
TP
115
R-O
UT
1.
TP
106
D7
1.
R10
8
100J
TP
108
D4
1.
TP
121
F2A
3
1.
IC10
3C
74A
CT
04M
TC
56
14 7
C13
90.
1uF
C13
50.
1uF
R14
310
0J
C12
647
pF
TP
102
AD
CLK
1.
C10
10.
01uF
+C7
22uF
/16V
R11
7
100J
TP
126
MO
DE
1.
R12
4
100J
TP
136
CP
1.
TP
117
AF
ES
CK
1.
+C
1
22uF
/16V
R10
3
100k
J
TP
127
MO
1.
TP
129
CP
1.
R15
633
J
R13
6N
.M
TP
109
D3
1.
C10
60.
1uF
C13
70.
1uF
TP
134
RO
UT
1.
TP
138
F1A
3
1.
C14
00.
1uF
R14
9N
.M
TP
141
TG
0
1.
IC10
3B
74A
CT
04M
TC
34
C12
347
pF
C10
910
0p
TP
135
RS
1.
R11
033
J
TP
111
D1
1.
IC10
2B
74V
HC
T00
4 56
IC10
3D
74A
CT
04M
TC
98
CN
1
FE
4-32
-S15
D3
30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
3231
12V
DG
ND
DV
3.3
VS
AM
P
DG
ND
BS
AM
P
AF
ES
DI
DG
ND
AF
ES
EN
DG
ND
AF
E-D
B7
AF
E-D
B5
AF
E-D
B3
AF
E-D
B1
MO
DE
12V
DV
5
DG
ND
CC
D-T
G
CC
D-R
S
CC
D-C
P
CC
D-P
HI2
CC
D-P
HI1
AD
CLK
AF
ES
CK
AF
E-D
B6
AF
E-D
B4
AF
E-D
B2
AF
E-D
B0
DG
ND
DG
ND
DG
ND
TP
131
OS
-B
1.
R14
7N
.M
C10
40.
1uF
C14
30.
1uF
R10
7
100k
J
IC10
1
AD
9826
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 141516171819202122232425262728
CD
SC
LK1
CD
SC
LK2
AD
CC
LK
EN
AB
LE-
DV
DD
DG
ND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
SD
AT
A
SC
LK
SLO
AD
AV
DD
AG
ND
CA
PB
CA
PT
VI-
B
CM
L
VI-
G
OF
FS
ET
VI-
R
AG
ND
AV
DD
R13
5N
.M
R12
1
100k
J
+C
2 22uF
/25V
IC10
4A
74V
HC
T04
MT
C
12
R12
933
JQ10
12N
3906
U
C12
447
pF
TP
123
F1A
1
1.
C13
2
0.1u
F
C13
80.
1uF
R12
3
100k
J
R13
333
J
TP
112
D0
1.
C13
3
0.1u
F
C11
9
220p
C10
50.
1uF
R11
310
J
R15
8
100J
TP
132
GO
UT
1.
IC10
4C 74V
HC
T04
MT
C
56
R11
6
100k
J
R13
80
R15
733
J
TP
103
Vsm
p
1.
C13
1
0.1u
F
IC1
TC
D27
04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
OS
3
SS
RS
-
CP
-
SW
2-
1A3
SS
2A2
1A2
SH
3
SH
2
OS
2
OS
1
OD
SS
SW
1-
2A3
NC
2A1
1A1
SH
0
SH
1
TP
114
G-O
UT
1.
TP
128
RS
1.IC
103A
74A
CT
04M
TC
12
R15
310
J
R11
210
J
R13
433
J
R12
6
100k
J
BR
101
10x4
43218 7 6 5
TP
119
SW
1
1.R
118 33
J
C12
147
pF
IC10
3F
74A
CT
04M
TC
1312
R11
933
J
R14
1N
.M
TP
101
DG
ND
1.
C12
9
0.1u
F
TP
130
BO
UT
1.
BR
102
10x4
43218 7 6 5
TP
38
OS
-R
1.
TP
125
F2
1.
L2 ZJS
R51
01-2
23
IC10
2A
74V
HC
T00
1 23
L1 ZJS
R51
01-2
23
R12
5 33J
C11
40.
1uF
C11
50.
1uF
C14
2
220p
C11
00.
1uF
TP
137
SW
2
1.
TP
120
TG
1.
R14
4N
.M
C12
247
pF
IC10
2C
74V
HC
T00
9 108
L4 ZJS
R51
01-2
23
C10
710
0p
R15
410
J
R11
533
J
C14
5
0.1u
F
TP
143
TG
3
1.
R13
233
J
R14
62K
J
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/1
3. C
CD
PW
B
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 14 –
ON
L
SC
AN
5
PS
L5V
EN
BZ
R
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4
OP
-CLK
OP
-/S
TB
OP
-DA
TA
OP
-/LA
TC
H
SC
AN
1
5V 5V D-G
ND
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
SC
AN
6P
SW
SE
LIN
3S
ELI
N2
SE
LIN
1K
EY
IN
PS
L
ON
L
LED
_V2
DA
TA
1
LED
_V3
DA
TA
2D
AT
A3
DA
TA
4
ON
L
OP
-/S
TB
OP
-CLK
OP
-DA
TA
OP
-LA
TC
H
LED
_V1
DA
TA
5
+5V
+5V
+5V
EN
+5V
+5V
EN
+5V
KE
Y29
(NM
0K)
C25N.M.
KE
Y27
(NM
5K)
R63
100J
R41
10kJ
R60
100J
C2
47uF
/16V
KE
Y42
(AU
DK
)
R5
150J
R42
1kJ
C19
N.M
.
R59
1KJ
R642KJ
KE
Y19
(PS
W)
KE
Y43
(EX
MO
DK
)
R492KJ
KE
Y16
(IN
TK
)
KE
Y39
(PS
EK
)
R1
150J
R62
100J
KE
Y20
(ZU
PK
)
KE
Y28
NM
8K
R512KJ
C23N.M
C9
0.1u
F
KE
Y33
(NM
7K)
D3
1SS
133
C17
N.M
.
KE
Y34
(AS
TK
)
KE
Y44
(EX
DW
K)
D4
1SS
133
R40 24
0kJ
R43
N.M
R55
100J
C10 15
00pF
KE
Y17
(CLK
)
R2
150J
C21
N.M
.
D5
1SS
133
R58
1KJ
C16N.M.
KE
Y31
(NM
1K)
C12
1500
pF
CN
21 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
C15N.M.
CN
1
24pin
SM
T 1
mm
pitc
h
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 22 232116 24
KE
Y38
(TS
K)
KE
Y25
(ZD
WK
)
C22
0.1u
F
C24N.M.
R54
100J
D6
1SS
133
C20
0.1u
F
R652KJ
KE
Y22
(NM
6K)
R57
1KJ
C11
0.1u
F
R52
100J
KE
Y37
(AIK
)
R3
150J
KE
Y35
(PR
UP
K)
R4 47
0J
C18
N.M
.
R46
N.M
IC3
NE
5553
4 8
1
5 267O
UT
RS
T
VC
C
GND
CV
TR
GT
HR
DS
CH
G
KE
Y26
(NM
2K)
R53
100J
KE
Y18
(CA
K)
C1
47uF
/16V
R45
1kJ
C26N.M.
KE
Y40
(OS
EK
)
KE
Y30
(MA
GK
)
KE
Y32
(NM
4K)
R662KJ
R61
100J
KE
Y24
(SH
PK
)
R44
0J o
r Ja
mpe
r
D1
1SS
133
R6
150J
IC1
74H
C15
1
432115 14 13 12 11 10 9 7
6 5 16 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7 A B C G
W Y VC
C
GN
D
C3
0.1u
F
KE
Y21
(NM
3K)
BZ
1P
S17
20P
02
C27
N.M
.
C14N.M.
R502KJ
KE
Y36
(PR
DW
K)
KE
Y23
(NM
9K)
C13N.M.
R56
510J
R482KJ
D2
1SS
133
R672kJ
Q5
DT
C14
3ZK
A
1
2
3
KE
Y41
(EX
UP
K)
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/2
4. C
OP
Y O
PE
PW
B
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 15 –
g1
a2
c2
g2
c1
a1
b1
f1
e3
a3
d1
c3
OP
-/S
TB
b2
d3
e1
g3
f3f2
e2
d2
LED
M
b3
OP
-LA
TC
HO
P-D
AT
A
OP
-CLK
OP
-DA
TA
OP
-/S
TB
PS
L
OP
-LA
TC
HO
P-C
LK
LED
_V1
LED
_V2
LED
_V3
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA2
DATA1
+5V
+5V
+5V
EN
+5V
R32
150J
PS
2
LED
44
R38
150J
INT
L
LED
17
R31
10K
J
R68
150J
PS
3
LED
45
AL3
LED
33
R16
150J
CS
4L
LED
63
AP
SL
LED
42
PR
2
LED
20
CS
1L
LED
38
R10
1KJ
PS
7
LED
49
R25
150J
RP
L
LED
16
R22
150J
OS
5
LED
54
C6
0.1u
F
R14
150J
R21
150J
R37
150J
AL4
LED
36
SP
FL
LED
37
R11
10K
J
ME
LED
57
ML2
LED
30
R47
470J
R20
150J
PS
1
LED
43
R9
150J
R34
150J
R29
150J
PS
4
LED
46
CS
2L
LED
39
R35
150J
C5
200P
F
R28
10K
J
OS
2
LED
51
R13
150J
OS
4
LED
53
OS
3
LED
52
R8
10K
J
LED
M1
LTC
-365
0AG
-02J
13
2
6
7
4
8
59
10
11
cd
Dig1
D.P
b
Dig2
f
Dig3a
e
g
R7
1KJ
R27
1KJ
R24
150J
R39
150J
AIL
LED
40
R36
150J
OS
1
LED
50
R26
150J
PR
9
LED
27
R30
1KJ
R19
150J
BP
L
LED
31
R33
150J
AE
LED
56
R17
150J
AL5
LED
28
PS
6
LED
48
ML3
LED
32
PR
4
LED
22
LC79
35A
N
IC2
33
34
36
37
38
40
41
42
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9 10
11
43
45
46
4739
32
31
63
51
49
50
30
64
19
5
14
35
44
62
17
16
15
13
12
18
48/Q3
/Q4
/Q5
/Q6
/Q7
/Q9
/Q10
/Q11
/Q17
/Q18
/Q19
/Q20
/Q21
/Q22
/Q23
/Q24 /Q25
/Q26
/Q12
/Q13
/Q14
/Q15/Q8
/Q2
/Q1
VCC
/STROBE
BEO
/LATCH
S IN
CLOCK
S OUT
GND1
GND2
GND3
GND4
GND5
/Q31
/Q30
/Q29
/Q28
/Q27
/Q32
/Q16
ZP
L
LED
18
R15
150J
C4
200P
F
C7
200P
F
Q4
DT
B11
3ZK
or
KR
A22
5S
3
2
1
PR
6
LED
24
R18
150J
C8
200P
F
PE
LED
58
PR
8
LED
26
PR
7
LED
25
(PM
L)
LED
34
EX
N
LED
60
EX
D
LED
59
OS
6
LED
55
ML1
LED
29
PR
5
LED
23
ML4
LED
64
R12
150J
AL1
LED
41
EX
L
LED
61
Q2
DT
B11
3ZK
or
KR
A22
5S3
2
1
PR
1
LED
19
AL2
LED
35
PS
5
LED
47
PR
3
LED
21
Q3
DT
B11
3ZK
or
KR
A22
5S3
2
1
R23
150J
CS
3L
LED
62
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
2/2
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 16 –
F.G
F.G
VM
OO
EN
/INT
I
5V
EN
VP
O
US
B_
IN
VM
IN
5V
EN
RC
V
3.3
V
SU
SP
EN
D
PE SLC
T
PA
RA
AD
4
PA
RA
AD
7P
AR
AA
D6
RE
V
/AC
KB
US
Y
/SLC
TIN
/ST
B
D_
CO
NT
PA
RA
AD
2
VP
IN
/FA
UL
T
PA
RA
AD
3
PA
RA
AD
5
PA
RA
AD
1
/AU
TO
FD
IF_
DE
T
PA
RA
AD
0
3.3V
1
3.3V
1
3.3V
15V
1
3.3
V1
3.3V
1
5V1
5V2
5V1
5V2
3.3V
1
3.3
V1
C42
4
0.1
u
R4
31
N.M
CN
40
3
35F
E-B
T-V
K-N
1234567891
01
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
81
92
02
12
22
32
42
52
62
72
82
93
03
13
23
33
43
5
R40
82
2J
C42
3
0.1u
R40
92
2J
R41
02
2J
C43
0
N.M
R41
12
2J
C4
08
100p
C40
7
100p
R40
1N
.M.
C4
06
100p
R4
23
1.5
kJR
432
0J
C40
5
100p
C4
39
470p
C41
0
100p
C4
32
N.M
C40
9
100p
C43
5
470p
C4
11
100p
C40
4
100p
L401
JP W
IER
L405
N.M
C42
8
N.M
C42
6
100p
C4
13
100p
R4
032
4J
R41
22
2J
C4
03
0.1
u
IC4
03
74LV
X16
1284
12 3 4 5 67 89
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
HD
A9
A1
0A
11
A1
2A
13
Vcc
A1
A2
GN
D
A3
A4
A5
A6
GN
D
A7
A8
Vcc
PLH
in
A1
4A
15
A1
6A
17
HL
HH
LHin
C1
7C
16
C1
5C
14
PL
H
Vcc
-ca
ble B8
B7
GN
DB6
B5
B4
B3
GN
DB2
B1
Vcc
-ca
ble
Y13
Y12
Y11
Y10Y
9
DIR
C41
2
100p
R40
22
4J
R42
71
0kJ
R41
32
2J
C41
5
100p
IC4
01
US
B_
Tra
nsc
eiv
er
1 2 3 4 5 6 7891
01
11
21
31
4N
CO
E#
RC
VV
PV
MS
US
PE
ND
GN
DN
CS
PE
EDD-
D+
VP
OV
MO
VC
C
C41
4
100p
L403
N.M
C4
18
100p
C4
22
100p
C41
7
100p
C44
0
470p
C43
3
N.M
C41
6
330p
C4
19
100p
L402
JP W
IER
R42
9
10
kJ
C4
36
470p
R43
02
4J
R40
52
2J
R4
261
0kJ
+C
402
47u/
16V
C42
0
0.1
u
CN
402
US
B_
CN
1 2 3 4
+5
VD
-D
+G
ND
Shi
eld
R41
82
2J
R42
8
10
kJ
R41
92
2J
R42
41
0kJ
R42
22
2J
C42
5
0.1
u
L404
N.M
D40
1
11E
QS
06
C42
7
0.1
u
R42
03
.3K
J
C43
4
N.M
C43
7
470p
D40
2
ZE
NE
R_
6.2
V
R41
42
2J
IC4
02
NC
7S08
M5
1 3
52
4
A GN
D
VC
CB
Y
R41
52
2J
C42
1
0.1
u
R41
62
2J
R40
4
N.M
.(1.
5kJ)
R41
72
2J
R42
12
2J
C4
29
N.M
R43
3
N.M
CN
40
1
IEE
E12
84_C
N30
26
35
27
31
28
16
29
15
13
34
2 3
174
19
5
20
7
21
8
22
36
23
14
24
25
1
18
10
11
12
32
6 9
33
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
HL
HIN
D-G
ND
/INIT
D-G
ND
SG
D-G
ND
NC
SL
CT
NC
Da
ta 0
Da
ta 1
FG
Da
ta 2
D-G
ND
Da
ta 3
D-G
ND
Da
ta 5
D-G
ND
Da
ta 6
D-G
ND
/SLC
T I
N
D-G
ND
/AU
TO
FD
D-G
ND
D-G
ND
/D S
TB
PL
HO
UT
/AC
KB
US
YP
E
/FA
UL
T
Da
ta 4
Da
ta 7
D-G
ND
Shield
R40
62
2J
R40
72
2J
R4
251
0kJ
+C
401
47u/
16V
C4
38
470p
C43
1
N.M
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/1
5. I/
F P
WB
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 17 –
(EE
L)
LED
11
KE
Y13
(ER
K)
KE
Y15
(MS
K)
(SO
L)
LED
9
KE
Y10
(XY
ZK
)
KE
Y6
(AP
6K)
(MS
L)
LED
15
(DP
CL)
LED
7
(XY
ZL)
LED
6
KE
Y3
(AP
3K)
KE
Y14
(FT
IK)
(FIL
)
LED
14K
EY
7
(SC
NK
)
ON
LL
LED
2
(DU
21)
LED
4
KE
Y1
(AP
1K)
(TIL
)
LED
13
(DA
A)
LED
3
KE
Y8
(ON
LK)
KE
Y11
(DP
CK
)
(SC
NL)
LED
1
CN
3
123456789101112131415161718
KE
Y5
(AP
5K)
(EC
L)
LED
12
(OD
L)
LED
8
KE
Y4
(AP
4K)
KE
Y12
(SG
K)
(GR
L)
LED
10
KE
Y2
(AP
2K)
(DU
22)
LED
5
KE
Y9
(DU
PK
)
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/1
6. S
CA
N O
PE
PW
B
AR-M205/M160/l5220
– 18 –
SF
TD
A
D-G
ND
P-G
ND
/SF
TD
B
/SF
TD
B
SF
TD
B
/SF
TD
A5VP
-GN
D
/SF
TM
B/S
FT
MA
SF
TM
AS
FT
MB
24V
SF
TH
PS
FT
HP
/VF
MC
NT
VF
MO
UT
P-G
ND
VF
MO
UT
/VF
MC
NT
/VF
MC
NT
VF
MO
UT
SF
TD
B
SF
TD
A
/SF
TD
A
VC
C+
24V
P
+24
VP
VC
C
CN
4
B3B
-PH
-K-S
1 2 3
IC1
TD
6206
4AP
3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13
2 7 9 16 1 8
14 15
I1 GN
DG
ND
I2 NC
I3 GN
DG
ND
O1
O2
O3
O4
CO
MC
OM
I4 NC
CN
2
B3B
-PH
-K-K
1 2 3
R1
220
CN
1
13F
E-B
T-V
K-N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
D1
MIT
J22B
CN
5
B3B
-PH
-K-S
1 2 3CN
3
B6B
-PH
-K-R
123456
+C
147
uF/3
5V
ABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B AABCD
87
65
43
211
23
45
67
8
D C B A
1/1
7. T
RA
Y P
WB
COPYRIGHT 2003 BY SHARP CORPORATIONAll rights reserved.Printed in Japan.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System GroupProducts Quality Assurance DepartmentYamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
N
c
All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System Group
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, JapanN
c
All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System Group
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan2003 June Printed in Japan N
c